Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018126894A1 - Power configuration method and related device - Google Patents

Power configuration method and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018126894A1
WO2018126894A1 PCT/CN2017/117543 CN2017117543W WO2018126894A1 WO 2018126894 A1 WO2018126894 A1 WO 2018126894A1 CN 2017117543 W CN2017117543 W CN 2017117543W WO 2018126894 A1 WO2018126894 A1 WO 2018126894A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
power
antenna port
power configuration
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/117543
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王婷
窦圣跃
李元杰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710314209.9A external-priority patent/CN108282202B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP17890402.5A priority Critical patent/EP3565136A4/en
Priority to BR112019014003-4A priority patent/BR112019014003A2/en
Publication of WO2018126894A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018126894A1/en
Priority to US16/505,225 priority patent/US10863444B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B17/00Monitoring; Testing
    • H04B17/30Monitoring; Testing of propagation channels
    • H04B17/309Measuring or estimating channel quality parameters
    • H04B17/318Received signal strength
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413MIMO systems
    • H04B7/0426Power distribution
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0014Three-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0023Time-frequency-space
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/06TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/16Deriving transmission power values from another channel

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a power configuration method and related devices.
  • MIMO Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
  • the conventional centralized MIMO system multiple transmit antennas are concentrated on the base station.
  • multiple transmit antennas of a distributed MIMO system are distributed in different geographical locations, and each pair of transceiver links is more independent. It has the advantages of large capacity, low power consumption, better coverage, and low electromagnetic damage to the human body, and is considered as one of the alternatives for future wireless communication systems.
  • SFBC Spatial-Frequency Block Coding
  • UE User Equipment
  • the UE When the UE receives data from multiple transmission points, the power of the downlink data channel between each transmission point and the UE is different, and the power of the downlink data channel is generally used for downlink data sent by the transmission point through the downlink data channel. Demodulation is performed. Therefore, when demodulating downlink data, the UE needs to know the power of the downlink data channel between each transmission point and the UE. Generally, the upper layer only configures a set of power configuration parameters for the UE, and the UE can obtain the power of the downlink data channel between the transmission point and the UE according to the set of power configuration parameters. If there are multiple transmission points for the UE to transmit data, the UE It may not be possible to accurately demodulate the data transmitted at each transmission point.
  • the embodiment of the invention discloses a power configuration method and related equipment, which can improve the accuracy of demodulating data transmitted by multiple transmission points.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a power configuration method, where the method may include:
  • the first network device receives the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device, and receives the reference signal and data sent by the second network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set And a reference signal of the second antenna port set.
  • the first network device may determine a first power of the received data (data from the first antenna port set) according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, and according to the second power configuration parameter and the second antenna port
  • the set reference signal determines the number of receptions According to the second power (data from the second antenna port set).
  • the data may be downlink data or uplink data, and power configuration parameters, reference signals, and data may be sent in the same time unit or in different time units.
  • the first network device receives two power configuration parameters sent by the second network device, and when receiving the reference signal and the data from the multiple antenna port sets, respectively, according to the power configuration corresponding to the antenna port set
  • the parameter and the reference signal determine the power of the data from the antenna port set, so that the data sent by the corresponding antenna port set can be demodulated according to the obtained power, thereby obtaining a more accurate demodulation result and improving data transmission performance.
  • the first network device may further receive the first power configuration parameter sent by the second network device, and according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference, when the reference signal and the data from the first antenna port set are received.
  • the power of the signal determines the power of the data from the first set of antenna ports.
  • the power configuration parameter is determined according to demodulation reference signal antenna port group information or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or layer number information corresponding to transmission point information or antenna port number information; or
  • the power configuration parameter is determined according to demodulation reference signal antenna port group information or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or pattern information of a demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point information; or
  • the power configuration parameter is determined according to the demodulation reference signal antenna port group information or the codeword information or the quasi-co-location indication information or the layer number information corresponding to the transmission point information or the number of antenna port numbers and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port. .
  • the power configuration parameter includes a power ratio.
  • the second network device does not need to send the power configuration parameter to the first network device, and the first network device may directly according to the reference signal power.
  • the power configuration parameter determines the power of the received data.
  • the first network device may further receive a third power configuration parameter sent by the second network device.
  • any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  • the third power configuration parameter may be sent in the same signaling as the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter, or may be sent in different signaling.
  • the third power configuration parameter does not define one power configuration parameter, and may be a power configuration parameter set composed of multiple power configuration parameters.
  • the second network device can send multiple power configuration parameters by using one signaling, which can reduce the number of signaling interactions, and the first network device can obtain multiple power configuration parameters directly according to one signaling, which is simple.
  • the beam identifier/beam antenna port is bound to the power ratio, and may be based on a demodulation reference signal, such as a user-specific reference signal, or a beam when there is no cell-specific reference signal (CRS).
  • a demodulation reference signal such as a user-specific reference signal, or a beam when there is no cell-specific reference signal (CRS).
  • the reference signal, or other reference signals such as a moving reference signal or a synchronization signal, determine the power of the received data, thereby achieving correct demodulation of the data and improving demodulation performance.
  • the beam reference signal refers to a reference signal related to the beam.
  • the second network device transmits one or more signals according to one or more beams, and may perform precoding or analog beamforming before the signal is transmitted, for example, a synchronization signal. , broadcast signals, beam signals, etc.
  • the mobile reference signal refers to a reference signal used for beam tracking or position tracking of the terminal device.
  • a beam consists of one or more (logical) antennas, through a baseband precoding matrix or RF Phase shifting forms the weight of each (logical) antenna, called a beam.
  • the beam reference signal may be characterized by one or more of the antenna port, the time-frequency resource, or the number of the beam, or may be characterized in other manners, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the synchronization signal refers to a signal used for synchronization between the first network device and the second network device in the time domain and/or the frequency domain, such as a primary synchronization signal in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system and/or
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the auxiliary synchronization signal may also be characterized in other manners, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal, where the first reference signal may include at least one of a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and a synchronization signal.
  • the power ratio in the power configuration parameter may include at least one of the following:
  • the specific manner in which the first network device receives the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device may be:
  • the first network device acquires the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter from the second network device by using Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least one code Word correspondence; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set corresponds to at least one transport layer.
  • each antenna port set may include at least one antenna port; each antenna port set may be used to transmit at least one codeword, or multiple antenna port sets may be used to transmit one codeword, and different antenna port sets may correspond Different transport layers of the same codeword; one codeword may correspond to one transport layer or multiple transport layer data; each antenna port set may also be used to transmit data of at least one transport layer; or multiple antenna port sets may also be used The data of the same transport layer is transmitted.
  • the correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in Downlink Control Information (DCI) information.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead.
  • DCI signaling enables dynamic configuration. Applicable to scenarios with fast changes, signaling overhead needs further consideration. Therefore, multiple signalings can be pre-configured through the two-level indication, and further indications are used in the case of the first two. The configuration interval and the signaling overhead are moderate.
  • different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword.
  • the same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead.
  • Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers.
  • Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the method may further include:
  • any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, where the first network device receives the second network device for sending Information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier.
  • each power configuration parameter may be indicated by a unique power configuration identifier
  • the first network device may receive at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identifier sent by the second network device.
  • Information relating to a power configuration parameter or a power configuration identifier may be indicated by a unique power configuration identifier, and the first network device may receive at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identifier sent by the second network device.
  • the information may be sent in the same time unit as the power configuration parameter, or may be sent in different time units.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first network device receives the first Information for indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword and a beam identifier, and receiving, by the second network device, an indicator for indicating a beam identifier and a power configuration identifier Information about the correspondence.
  • the information used to indicate the correspondence between the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter or the power configuration identifier may be
  • the unit sends the packets at the same time. They can also be sent in different time units. They can be sent in the same signaling or in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or through physical layer signaling. send.
  • the second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier is carried in the signaling.
  • the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
  • the second network device may use different powers to transmit data for different beams. Therefore, different beam identifiers may correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams.
  • the beam identification corresponds to a set of power configuration parameters, which can be reduced when the second network device is configured.
  • the signaling overhead can be used to indicate the relevant beam information when it is used.
  • the different beam identifiers may correspond to the codeword, the transport layer, and the antenna port, that is, different codewords or transport layers or antenna ports may be sent through different beams, and the corresponding codeword, transport layer, and antenna port are transmitted. The performance of the data.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a power configuration method, where the method may include:
  • the second network device sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter, and the transmitted reference signal and data, to the first network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a second antenna port set Reference signal.
  • the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set are used to determine a first power of the received data
  • the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set are used to determine a second power of the received data.
  • the first network device receives two power configuration parameters, and when receiving the reference signal and the data from the multiple antenna port sets, may determine according to the power configuration parameters and reference signals corresponding to the antenna port set respectively.
  • the power of the data from the antenna port set can demodulate the data sent by the corresponding antenna port set according to the obtained power, thereby obtaining a more accurate demodulation result and improving data transmission performance.
  • the data may be downlink data or uplink data
  • power configuration parameters, reference signals, and data may be sent in the same time unit or in different time units.
  • the second network device may further send the first power configuration parameter to the first network device, so that the first network device receives the reference signal and the data from the first antenna port set according to the first power.
  • the power of the parameters and reference signals are configured to determine the power of the data from the first set of antenna ports.
  • the second network device does not need to send the power configuration parameter to the first network device, and the first network device may directly according to the reference signal power.
  • the power configuration parameter determines the power of the received data.
  • the second network device may further send the third power configuration parameter to the first network device.
  • any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  • the third power configuration parameter may be sent in the same signaling as the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter, or may be sent in different signaling.
  • the third power configuration parameter does not define one power configuration parameter, and may be a power configuration parameter set composed of multiple power configuration parameters.
  • the second network device can send multiple power configuration parameters by using one signaling, which can reduce the number of signaling interactions, and the first network device can obtain multiple power configuration parameters directly according to one signaling, which is simple.
  • the beam identifier/beam antenna port is bound to the power ratio, and may be based on a demodulation reference signal, such as a user-specific reference signal, or a beam reference signal, or a mobile reference signal or a synchronization signal, etc., when there is no CRS.
  • the reference signal determines the power of the received data, thereby achieving correct demodulation of the data and improving demodulation performance.
  • the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal, where the first reference signal may include at least one of a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and a synchronization signal.
  • the power ratio in the power configuration parameter may include at least one of the following:
  • the specific manner in which the second network device sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter to the first network device may be:
  • the second network device configures the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter to the first network device by using physical layer signaling.
  • any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least one code Word correspondence; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set corresponds to at least one transport layer.
  • the correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in the DCI information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead.
  • the DCI signaling can implement dynamic configuration and is applicable to scenarios with fast changes.
  • the signaling overhead needs to be further considered. Therefore, multiple signalings can be configured in advance by using two levels of indications, and further indications are used in the case of specific use, which is an implementation of the first two, and the configured interval and signaling overhead are moderate.
  • the first level may adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the second level may also adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the two levels may use the same or different types of signaling, or
  • the other signaling is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword.
  • the same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead.
  • Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers.
  • Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the method may further include:
  • the second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; or
  • any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, and the second network device sends the first network device to the first network device Information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier.
  • each power configuration parameter may be indicated by a unique power configuration identifier
  • the first network device may receive at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identifier sent by the second network device.
  • Information relating to a power configuration parameter or a power configuration identifier may be indicated by a unique power configuration identifier, and the first network device may receive at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identifier sent by the second network device.
  • the information may be sent in the same time unit as the power configuration parameter, or may be sent in different time units.
  • the method may further include:
  • the second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, and the codeword, and the beam identifier, and receiving the identifier for transmitting the second network device Information corresponding to the power configuration parameters.
  • the second network device is in the first Transmitting, by the network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier, and receiving, by the second network device, an indication between the beam identifier and the power configuration identifier Correspondence information.
  • the information used to indicate the correspondence between the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter or the power configuration identifier may be
  • the unit sends the packets at the same time. They can also be sent in different time units. They can be sent in the same signaling or in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or through physical layer signaling. send.
  • the second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier is carried in the signaling.
  • the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
  • the second network device may use different powers to transmit data for different beams. Therefore, different beam identifiers may correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams.
  • the beam identification corresponds to a set of power configuration parameters, and when the second network device is configured, the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the relevant beam information can be indicated in specific use.
  • the different beam identifiers may correspond to the codeword, the transport layer, and the antenna port, that is, different codewords or transport layers or antenna ports may be sent through different beams, and the corresponding codeword, transport layer, and antenna port are transmitted. The performance of the data.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a network device, which may include a receiving module and a processing module, for performing the power configuration method described in the first aspect.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses another network device, which may include a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, wherein: the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are connected to each other; and the transceiver is controlled by the processor for transmitting and receiving messages.
  • the memory is for storing a set of program code
  • the processor is configured to call the program code stored in the memory to execute the power configuration method disclosed in the first aspect above.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a network device, which may include a sending module, configured to perform the power configuration method described in the second aspect.
  • a sending module configured to perform the power configuration method described in the second aspect.
  • the receiving end may determine the power of the data from the antenna port set according to the power configuration parameter and the reference signal corresponding to the antenna port set.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a network device, which may include a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, wherein: the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are connected to each other; and the transceiver is controlled by the processor to send and receive messages.
  • the memory is for storing a set of program code
  • the processor is configured to call the program code stored in the memory to execute the power configuration method disclosed in the second aspect above.
  • the first network device receives two power configuration parameters sent by the second network device, and when receiving the reference signal and the data from the multiple antenna port sets, respectively, according to the power configuration corresponding to the antenna port set
  • the parameter and the reference signal determine the power of the data from the antenna port set, so that the data sent by the corresponding antenna port set can be demodulated according to the acquired power, thereby improving the accuracy of demodulating the data of the multiple antenna port sets.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for cooperative transmission of multiple antenna stations according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of still another power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 5G or next generation communication systems such as Global System for Mobile communications (GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) systems, time divisions. Multiple Division Multiple Access (TDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless (WCDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Addressing (FDMA) system, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (Orthogonal) Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system, Single-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) system, and other such communication systems.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communications
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Multiple Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Addressing
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • the main scenario of the embodiment of the present invention is based on the existing Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission/Reception (CoMP), and the existing MIMO technology (including the diversity technology for improving transmission reliability and the data transmission rate). Multi-streaming technology is combined with coordinated multi-point transmission to better serve users.
  • CoMP Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission/Reception
  • MIMO technology including the diversity technology for improving transmission reliability and the data transmission rate.
  • Multi-streaming technology is combined with coordinated multi-point transmission to better serve users.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may also be a single point transmission, a scene with multiple panels at a transmission point, or a coordinated multi-point transmission, a single-panel or multi-panel transmission point, or a single-point transmission, and multiple transmission points.
  • Antenna scene may also be a single point transmission, a scene with multiple panels at a transmission point, or a coordinated multi-point transmission, a single-panel or multi-panel transmission point, or a single-point transmission, and multiple transmission points.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are applicable to scenarios of a homogeneous network and a heterogeneous network, and are not limited to the types of transmission points, for example, can be applied to a macro base station and a macro base station, a micro base station and a micro base station, and between a macro base station and a micro base station. Multi-point coordinated transmission.
  • the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system, and can also be used in a Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) system, which can be used in a single carrier system or in a single carrier system.
  • TDD Time Division Duplexing
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • Terminal device A device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, and may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a Radio Access Network (RAN) to exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the terminal device may specifically include a UE, a wireless terminal device, a mobile terminal device, a Subscriber Unit, a Subscriber Station, a Mobile Station, a Mobile Station, a Remote Station, and a Remote Station.
  • Access Point AP
  • Remote Terminal Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, etc. .
  • a mobile phone or "cellular” phone
  • a computer with a mobile terminal device
  • a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs), etc. .
  • PCS Personal Communication Service
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDAs Personal Digital Assistants
  • Network equipment refers to a device in an access network that communicates with a terminal device through one or more sectors on an air interface, and may be a base station, such as an access point.
  • the base station may be configured to convert the received air frame into an Internet Protocol (IP) packet, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, wherein the rest of the access network may include an IP.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • Base station can Either a Radio Network Controller (RNC) or a Base Station Controller (BSC), or an evolved base station (evolutional Node) in an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) B, NodeB, eNB or e-NodeB), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • evolutional Node evolved base station
  • LTE-Advanced, LTE-A B NodeB
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • e-NodeB evolved LTE system
  • CoMP Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission/Reception
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the device transmits data, or can jointly receive data sent by a terminal device.
  • the data sent by the terminal device can be received through a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • Multi-point SFBC transmission The antennas of two or more transmission points distributed transmit signals in SFBC mode.
  • Multi-point multi-stream transmission two or more transmission points of the distribution are independently pre-coded to transmit different data streams and different code blocks. Joint transmission in CoMP, different transmission points transmit the same data stream to the same terminal device.
  • Each transmission point can have multiple panels, and the panels can be evenly arranged or non-uniformly arranged or other forms.
  • a transmission point may have four panels, and the antenna port port may be formed by an antenna array of a panel, or may be formed by an antenna array on a plurality of panels.
  • MIMO technology refers to a technique that uses multiple transmit and receive antennas at the transmitting end and the receiving end to transmit and receive signals through multiple antennas at the transmitting end and the receiving end, thereby improving communication quality. It can also be a multi-antenna technology, which can improve system reliability, spatial multiplexing, system capacity, and beamforming to enhance cell coverage through spatial diversity.
  • Transmission point A device that can transmit data to a terminal device.
  • a transmission point may be considered as a set of antenna ports, and a set of antenna ports may also include a port of multiple transmission points, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the set of antenna ports here can be a hardware concept or a logical concept.
  • one antenna port set may include at least one port.
  • the transmission point may be a base station, and one antenna port set corresponds to one base station, then different base stations may be regarded as different transmission points; or the transmission point may be a cell, and one antenna port set corresponds to one cell, then different cells may be regarded as different Transmission point; or a cell may also include multiple transmission points, and one cell includes multiple antenna port sets.
  • a plurality of indoor baseband processing units (BBUs) and remote radio units (RRUs) can be deployed in the coverage of a cell, and the set of antenna ports corresponding to each group of BBU+RRUs can be regarded as A transmission point, and the like, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the concept of a transmission point, as long as each transmission point can separately transmit data to the terminal device.
  • the power configuration parameters used at different times may be the same or different.
  • the cell may correspond to one power configuration parameter, and may also correspond to multiple power configuration parameters.
  • a set of power configuration parameters may correspond to a set of antenna ports, that is, a power configuration parameter of an antenna port set may be used to determine the power of data corresponding to the antenna port set.
  • Different antenna port sets may correspond to the same set of power configuration parameters, and may also correspond to different power configuration parameters.
  • the first network device may include a common terminal device, or may also include a terminal device that is responsible for the relay task, or may also include a base station, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second network device may include a base station, or may also include a common terminal device, or may also include The terminal device that bears the relay task is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the type of the first network device and the type of the second network device may be the same or may be different.
  • the first network device and the second network device may both be base stations, or may be terminal devices, or may have other possible settings.
  • the first network device when the second network device is a transmission point (such as a base station), the first network device may be a terminal device, or may be a transmission point (such as a base station); when the second network device is a terminal device, the first network is used.
  • the device may be a terminal device or a transmission point (such as a base station), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. That is to say, the data received by the first network device may be uplink data or downlink data.
  • Data can refer to downlink data, that is, data transmitted by the transmission point to the terminal device through the downlink data channel between the terminal device, such as PDSCH data; or uplink data, that is, the uplink between the terminal device and the transmission point Data reported by the data channel to the transmission point, such as PUSCH data.
  • downlink data that is, data transmitted by the transmission point to the terminal device through the downlink data channel between the terminal device, such as PDSCH data
  • uplink data that is, the uplink between the terminal device and the transmission point Data reported by the data channel to the transmission point, such as PUSCH data.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present invention may be used interchangeably, and “cell” and “carrier” may be used interchangeably, and “number of data streams” and “number of transmission layers”
  • the concepts can be used interchangeably.
  • At least one means one or more
  • multiple means two or more.
  • the character "/” unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for cooperative transmission of multiple antenna stations according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the ring on the left represents the coverage of cell 1, which includes two transmission points, such as transmission point 1 and transmission point 2 shown in FIG. 1, and the ring on the right side indicates the coverage of cell 2.
  • two transmission points such as transmission point 3 and transmission point 4 as shown in FIG. Among them, the transmission point 1, the transmission point 2, the transmission point 3, and the transmission point 4 all participate in cooperative transmission for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may separately configure parameters and reference signals according to the power of each transmission point ( The power of Reference Signal, RS) calculates the power of the data at the transmission point.
  • the power of Reference Signal, RS calculates the power of the data at the transmission point.
  • the reference signal may be a demodulation reference signal, a reference signal for demodulating the data, such as a user-specific reference signal (UE-specific RS), or a beam reference signal (Bam Reference Signal, BRS), that is,
  • UE-specific RS user-specific reference signal
  • BRS beam reference signal
  • a beam beam-related reference signal such as a transmission point, transmits one or more signals according to one or more beams, and may perform precoding or analog beamforming before the signal is transmitted, such as a synchronization signal, a broadcast signal, a beam signal, etc.
  • MRS Mobility Reference Signal
  • a synchronization signal that is, used in the time domain between the transmission point and the terminal device
  • the signal that is synchronized in the frequency domain and/or the primary synchronization signal and/or the secondary synchronization signal in the LTE system may also be characterized in other manners, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • a beam consists of one or more (logical) antennas.
  • the weight of each (logical) antenna is formed by the precoding matrix of the baseband or the phase shift of the RF end, which is called a beam.
  • the BRS may be characterized by one or more of the antenna port, the time-frequency resource, or the number of the beam, or may be characterized in other manners, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the power configuration method may include the following steps:
  • the second network device sends power configuration parameters, reference signals, and data to the first network device.
  • the power configuration parameter sent by the second network device to the first network device is one.
  • the power configuration parameter corresponds to the antenna port set, that is, the power configuration parameter is used to determine the power of the antenna port set transmission data corresponding thereto.
  • Each antenna port set may include one antenna port or multiple antenna ports. That is to say, multiple antenna ports can share one power configuration parameter, or one power configuration parameter can be used separately.
  • the second network device may not send the power configuration parameter to the first network device, and the second network device may obtain, by using a predefined manner, for example, a protocol. Power configuration parameters to determine the power of the received data.
  • the second network device sends the power configuration parameter, the reference signal, and the data, which may be sent in the same time unit, or may be sent in different time units, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the time unit may be a time unit of time granularity divided by subframes, frames, time slots, mini-slots, and the like. Power configuration parameters can be updated periodically.
  • the power configuration parameter may include at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  • the reference signal may be at least one of a demodulation reference signal, a BRS, an MRS, and a synchronization signal.
  • the first network device receives the power configuration parameter, the reference signal, and the data, and determines the power of the received data according to the power configuration parameter and the reference signal.
  • the first network device may calculate the power from the antenna port set data according to the power configuration parameter corresponding to the antenna port set and the reference signal (specifically, the power of the reference signal).
  • the power of the reference signal may be directly notified by the second network device, or may be obtained by the first network device by measurement.
  • the base station sends the BRS in advance, and the terminal device obtains the power condition by receiving the BRS, and the subsequent base station only needs to notify the power ratio information.
  • the data power in the prior art depends on the power of the CRS. Moreover, the power of all antenna ports currently transmitted for the PDSCH at the same time is the same. In the 5G communication, there is no CRS, and in this way, it is determined that the data power does not satisfy the demand in the case of multi-panel transmission in multi-point cooperation or 5G communication.
  • the embodiment of the invention can determine the power of the received data according to the configured power configuration parameters and other reference signals, thereby receiving data and improving the data transmission performance. For example, other port/beam transmission reference signals (such as demodulation reference signals, BRS, MRS), or other channels, such as synchronization channels, or other reference signals sent by the same port/beam.
  • the second network device can send a power configuration parameter to the first network device, and send a reference signal and data corresponding to the antenna port set, and the first network device is accordingly configured according to the power configuration parameter and The power of the reference signal determines the power of the received data, realizing demodulation of the data, and improving the demodulation accuracy.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the power configuration method may include the following steps:
  • the second network device sends a first power configuration parameter and a second power configuration parameter to the first network device.
  • the second network device may configure the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or may send the first power configuration parameter to the first network device by using physical layer signaling, and the second Power configuration parameters.
  • the second network device may also send power configuration parameters by other possible signaling.
  • the first power configuration parameter corresponds to the first antenna port set
  • the second power configuration parameter corresponds to the second antenna port set
  • the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter may be the same or different.
  • the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter may be carried in a RRC signaling or MAC signaling configuration to the first network device, or may be carried in a physical layer signaling to the first network device, or may be carried in Different RRC signaling or MAC signaling is configured to the first network device, or the bearer is sent to the first network device by using different physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first network device receives the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter.
  • the second network device sends the reference signal and the data to the first network device.
  • the reference signal may include a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a reference signal of the second antenna port set.
  • the data can include data from a first set of antenna ports, as well as data from a second set of antenna ports.
  • the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set may belong to different cells or may belong to the same cell.
  • the first set of antenna ports and/or the second set of antenna ports includes at least one antenna port.
  • the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set may belong to different base stations.
  • the first set of antenna ports belongs to base station 1 and the second set of antenna ports belongs to base station 2.
  • the first antenna port set belongs to the base station 1
  • the second antenna port set belongs to the base station 2
  • the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set are, for example, together for the terminal device to perform cooperative transmission.
  • the first antenna port set can be regarded as a coordinated cell of the second antenna port set
  • the second antenna port set can also be regarded as a coordinated cell of the first antenna port set.
  • the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set may belong to the same base station.
  • the first set of antenna ports belongs to base station 1
  • the second set of antenna ports also belongs to base station 1.
  • the first antenna port set belongs to the base station 1
  • the second antenna port set also belongs to the base station 1
  • the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set are, for example, together for the terminal device to perform cooperative transmission.
  • the first antenna port set can be regarded as a coordinated cell of the second antenna port set
  • the second antenna port set can also be regarded as a coordinated cell of the first antenna port set.
  • the reference signal includes at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal, where the first reference signal includes at least one of a BRS, an MRS, and a synchronization signal.
  • the type of the reference signal that is specifically included in the reference signal may be preset by a protocol, or may be selected by the second network device according to requirements, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first reference signal may not be limited to the foregoing reference signal, and may also include other signals, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • any power configuration parameter may include at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  • the power ratio may include at least one of the following:
  • the second network device may configure a beam identifier and a power ratio for each beam antenna port in advance, and bind the three information.
  • the second network device only needs to inform any information of the first network device beam identifier, beam antenna port and power ratio to obtain other information. Or one or more of the beam antenna port, beam identification, power ratio may be predefined.
  • the first network device receives the reference signal and the data.
  • the first network device determines, according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, a first power of the received data, and determines, according to the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, the received data. Two power.
  • the first network device receives the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, the reference signal of the first antenna port set, and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, from the first antenna port set.
  • the data corresponding to the first antenna port set ie, the data from the first antenna port set
  • the data corresponding to the first antenna port set may be determined according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set.
  • the power of the data from the antenna port is determined based on the demodulation reference signal on the antenna port.
  • the power ratio is Pa, which may be 0 dB or -3 dB or other values, which may be predefined, or the second network device notifies the first network device.
  • the first network device may learn, according to the protocol or according to the received power ratio, the power of the demodulation reference signal on the antenna port, on the demodulation reference signal symbol having the antenna port, from the antenna port.
  • the power of the data is decoded and demodulated to achieve data reception.
  • the power of the data on the demodulation reference signal symbol is not divided into the following three cases:
  • the power of the data from the antenna port is determined according to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the antenna port.
  • the power ratio is Pb, which may be predefined, or the second network device informs the first network device.
  • the first network device may learn, according to the protocol or according to the received power ratio, the power of the demodulation reference signal on the antenna port, on the demodulation reference signal symbol without the antenna port, from the antenna port.
  • the power of the data is decoded and demodulated to achieve data reception.
  • the power of the data from the antenna port is determined based on the power of the data from the antenna port on the demodulation reference signal symbol having the antenna port.
  • the power ratio is Pc, which may be predefined, or the second network device informs the first network device.
  • the first network device may learn, according to the protocol or according to the received power ratio, based on the power of the data on the demodulation reference signal symbol of the antenna port, on the demodulation reference signal symbol without the antenna port, The power of the data from the antenna port, in turn, decodes and demodulates the data to achieve data reception.
  • the data from each antenna port is determined based on the power of other reference signals.
  • other port/beam transmission reference signals such as BRS, MRS, synchronization signals, and so on.
  • other reference signals sent by the same port/beam For example, the power ratio is pd, which may be predefined, or the second network device informs the first network device.
  • the first network device may learn, according to the protocol or according to the received power ratio, the power of the reference signal on the other reference signal port/beam, on the demodulation reference signal symbol without the antenna port, from the antenna port.
  • the power of the data in turn, the data is decoded and demodulated to achieve data reception.
  • the second network device can send multiple power configuration parameters to the first network device, and send reference signals and data corresponding to the antenna port set, and the first network device accordingly corresponds according to the antenna port set.
  • the power configuration parameters and the power of the reference signal determine the power of the data from the set of antenna ports, enable demodulation of the data, and improve demodulation accuracy.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the power configuration method may include the following steps:
  • the second network device sends, to the first network device, a first power configuration parameter, a second power configuration parameter, and a third power configuration parameter.
  • the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter may be configured to the first network device by using the same RRC signaling and/or MAC signaling, and/or through the same physical layer layer.
  • the first network device may be configured to be sent to the first network device by using different RRC signaling and/or MAC signaling, and/or sent to the first network device by using different physical layer signaling.
  • the second network device is a base station
  • the first network device is a terminal device
  • the base station may carry the power configuration parameter of the serving cell in a RRC signaling and configure it to the terminal device
  • the power configuration parameters of other cells are carried in another RRC signaling and configured for the terminal device.
  • the second network device can send multiple power configuration parameters by using one signaling, which can reduce the number of signaling interactions, and the first network device can obtain multiple power configuration parameters directly according to one signaling, which is simple.
  • the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter may be sent in the same time unit, or may be sent in different time units, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit only three power configuration parameters, that is, the second network device may send multiple power configuration parameters to the first network device in advance. It can also be understood that the third power configuration parameter does not define one power configuration parameter, and may be a power configuration parameter set composed of multiple power configuration parameters.
  • the second network device is a base station
  • the first network device is a terminal device.
  • the base station may directly acquire multiple power configuration parameters and send multiple power configuration parameters to the terminal device; and if multiple power configuration parameters correspond to the antenna port set If they belong to different base stations, multiple power configuration parameters can be sent to the terminal device by the same base station.
  • a plurality of power configuration parameters may be sent by the base station where the serving cell of the terminal device is located to the terminal device; or corresponding power configuration parameters may be sent by the different base stations to the terminal device, and a total of multiple power configuration parameters are sent to the terminal device. can.
  • the base station that sends the power configuration parameter to the terminal device needs to obtain corresponding power configuration parameters from other base stations in advance.
  • the first antenna port set corresponding to the first power configuration parameter belongs to the base station 1
  • the second antenna port set corresponding to the second power configuration parameter belongs to the base station 2.
  • the base station 1 may send the first power configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the base station 1 may request the base station 2 to obtain the second power configuration parameter, for example, may be obtained through the X2 interface, or the base station 2 may also actively send the second power configuration parameter to the base station 2.
  • the base station 1 may send the first power configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the base station 2 may send the second power configuration parameter to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is configured, and/or carried in multiple pieces.
  • the physical layer signaling is separately sent to the terminal device, and the time and sequence of sending the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first network device receives the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter.
  • the second network device sends the reference signal and the data to the first network device.
  • the reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a reference signal of the second antenna port set.
  • the power of the reference signal of the first antenna port set and the power of the reference signal of the second antenna port set may be the same or different, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first network device receives the reference signal and the data.
  • the first network device determines, according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, a first power of the received data, and determines, according to the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, the received data. Two power.
  • the second network device may send multiple power configuration parameters to the first network device in advance, where each power configuration parameter corresponds to an antenna port set.
  • each power configuration parameter corresponds to an antenna port set.
  • the first network device receives data from several antenna port sets thereof, the power of the data from the antenna port set may be determined according to the corresponding power configuration parameters and the reference signal.
  • each antenna port set corresponds to at least one codeword and/or transport layer, that is, each antenna port set may be used to transmit at least one codeword, or multiple antenna ports may be used to transmit one codeword, different antennas.
  • the set of ports may correspond to different transport layers of the same codeword; one codeword may correspond to data of one transport layer or multiple transport layers; each antenna port set may also be used to transmit data of at least one transport layer; or multiple antenna ports Collections can also be used to transfer data from the same transport layer. For example, in diversity transmission, two antenna ports are used to transmit data of one transport layer, and at this time, two antenna ports can transmit different coding information of data of one transport layer, such as almuta.
  • the correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in the DCI information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead.
  • the DCI signaling can implement dynamic configuration and is applicable to scenarios with fast changes.
  • the signaling overhead needs to be further considered. Therefore, multiple signalings can be configured in advance by using two levels of indications, and further indications are used in the case of specific use, which is an implementation of the first two, and the configured interval and signaling overhead are moderate.
  • the first level may adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the second level may also adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the two levels may use the same or different types of signaling, or
  • the other signaling is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword.
  • the same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead.
  • Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers.
  • Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the second network device may further send, to the first network device, a correspondence between the at least one of the transmission layer number, the antenna port, the codeword, and the Scrambling Identity (SCID) and the power configuration parameter.
  • SCID Scrambling Identity
  • the information of the relationship, the first network device thereby receiving the information. That is, at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identifier is bound to the power configuration parameter, for example, table information is established, and the second network device sends the table information through physical layer signaling.
  • the first network device can determine the power of the received data according to the bundled power configuration parameters when receiving data corresponding to a certain transport layer, an antenna port, a codeword, and/or a scrambling identifier.
  • each power configuration parameter may further include a power configuration identifier used to indicate the power configuration parameter, and may also be referred to as index information.
  • the second network device may further send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and the power configuration identifier, where the first network device receives The information.
  • the second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier can be carried in the signaling.
  • the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
  • the second network device may send the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, and the code to the first network device by using a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)/Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH).
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • EPDCCH Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the base station may indicate the number of transmission layers/power configuration parameters (power ratios) of the antenna ports in the DCI information. For example, if there is a power difference information for each transmission layer/port by 1 bit, specifically: Power of antenna port(s)/layer(s)–X bits.
  • Power of antenna port(s)/layer(s)–X bits wherein, the bit value of 0 means no power difference, that is, the ratio of the data of the port to the reference signal power is 0 dB; the value of the bit of 1 represents the power difference, that is, the ratio of the data of the port to the reference signal power is -3 dB. , or other values. The opposite is also possible.
  • X may be determined according to the number of ports indicated in the DCI information or the number of transmission layers, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC signaling.
  • X is a fixed value, for example, determined according to the maximum number of transmission layers of the terminal device, such as 8 layers, which is 8 bits. When the current transmission layer number of the terminal device is less than 8, it can be filled with 0.
  • the base station may indicate a power configuration parameter (power ratio) corresponding to the codeword in the DCI.
  • a power configuration parameter power ratio
  • 1 bit is configured for the codeword 1 to indicate whether there is power difference information for the data on the antenna port of the codeword 1
  • 1 bit is configured for the codeword 2 for indicating data on the antenna port for the codeword 2.
  • Is there a power difference information ? Specifically, it may be one codeword and one indication information, or may be multiple codeword joint indication information. Specifically add: Power ratio of codeword–X bits.
  • the value of the bit is 0, indicating that there is no power difference, that is, the ratio of the data of the codeword to the reference signal power is 0 dB; the value of the bit of 1 represents the power difference, that is, the ratio of the data of the codeword to the power of the test signal is -3dB, or other values.
  • a codeword corresponds to an indication information Power ratio of codeword, and the indication information may be placed in a codeword information field, and each codeword information field includes an indication information.
  • X may take a value of 1.
  • several indication information may be determined according to the number of code words in the DCI information, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC information.
  • the X under the joint indication may be determined according to the number of code words included in the DCI information, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC signaling.
  • X is a fixed value, for example, determined according to the maximum codeword number of the terminal device, for example, 2 codewords, which is 2 bits.
  • the first bit is used to indicate the power configuration parameter corresponding to the first codeword, and the first bit is used to indicate the power configuration parameter of the second codeword.
  • the second network device may send, by using the PDCCH/EPDCCH, information about a correspondence between the transmission point and the power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier to the first network device.
  • the base station can indicate the power configuration parameter (power ratio) of the transmission point in the DCI information.
  • the data of each transmission point is configured with 1-bit information, which is used to indicate whether there is power difference information, and specifically: Power of Transmission Point-X bits.
  • the value of bit is 0, indicating that there is no power difference, that is, the ratio of data from the transmission point to the reference signal power is 0 dB; the value of bit is 1 indicates that there is a power difference, that is, data from the transmission point and reference signal power.
  • the ratio is -3dB, or other values. The opposite is also possible.
  • a transmission point corresponds to an indication information Power ratio of codeword, which can be placed in the transmission point information field, and each transmission point information field includes an indication information.
  • X may take a value of 1.
  • several indication information may be determined according to the number of code words in the DCI information, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC information.
  • It may also be a joint indication, and the X under the joint indication may be determined according to the number of transmission points included in the DCI information, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC signaling.
  • X is a fixed value, for example, according to the maximum number of transmission points supported by the terminal device, for example, 2 transmission points, which are 2 bits.
  • the first bit is used to indicate the power configuration parameter corresponding to the first transmission point
  • the second bit is used to indicate the power configuration parameter of the second transmission point.
  • power configuration parameters such as power ratios
  • the power configuration parameter may be based on demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or transmission point information) corresponding layer information (or antenna port number information) determine.
  • the quasi-co-location indication information is used to indicate the antenna port QCL information of the demodulation reference signal, such as the QCL relationship with the antenna ports of other reference signals, and other reference signals may be CRS, channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal) , CSI-RS), BRS, MRS, etc.
  • the layer number information corresponding to the demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or the code word number information or the quasi-co-location indication information), and specifically for one or more demodulation reference signal antenna port group information, such as
  • the number of layers of data transmitted by one or more antenna ports in the demodulation reference signal antenna port group (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit data in the antenna port group) is greater than 2 (or other fixed value, or network)
  • the value of the side configuration) the data sent by the one or more antenna ports has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal sent by the one or more antenna ports, such as -3 dB; if one or more of the antenna port packets
  • the number of layers of data sent by the antenna port (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit data in the antenna port packet) is less than or equal to 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side), then the one or more antenna ports
  • the transmitted data has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal transmitted by the one or more antenna ports, such as
  • the power is determined according to the layer number information corresponding to the codeword (or the number of antenna port numbers used to send the codeword) for each codeword. Configuration parameters (power ratio).
  • the power corresponding to the codeword has a power ratio of the power of the reference signal sent by the one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword, for example, -3 dB; if the codeword corresponds to the number of layers of the data (or the codeword is sent) If the number of antenna port numbers used is less than or equal to 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side), the data corresponding to the codeword and the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword The power has a power ratio, such as 0 dB. If the UE configures multiple codeword information, the power ratio is determined according to the layer information corresponding to each codeword (or the number of antenna port numbers used to transmit each codeword). The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
  • the number of layers corresponding to the codeword may be the number of layers used to send the codeword. For example, if one codeword has 2 layers, the number of layers corresponding to the codeword is 2.
  • the one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the codeword.
  • the layer number information corresponding to each quasi co-location indication information (or the data corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information is used)
  • the number of antenna ports determines the power configuration parameters (power ratio).
  • the data corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports that send the data, such as -3 dB; if the quasi co-location If the number of layers corresponding to the indication information (or the number of antenna ports used by the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information) is less than or equal to 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side), the quasi-co-location indication information corresponds to The data has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports that send the data, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple quasi-co-location indication information, the layer corresponding to each quasi-co-location indication
  • the layer number information corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information may be the layer number information corresponding to the data sent by the antenna port in the quasi-co-location indication information, and the number of antenna ports used by the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information Can The number refers to the number of antenna ports used by the antenna port in the quasi-co-location indication information to transmit data.
  • the UE configures one or more transmission point information, the information about the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point for each transmission point information (or the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data) ) Determine the power configuration parameters (power ratio).
  • the data corresponding to the transmission point has a power ratio of a reference signal transmitted by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the data transmitted by the transmission point, such as -3 dB; if the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point (or If the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data is less than or equal to 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side), the data corresponding to the transmission point and one or more antennas corresponding to the data transmitted by the transmission point
  • the power of the reference signal sent by the port has a power ratio, such as 0 dB. If the UE configures multiple transmission point information, the layer information corresponding to each transmission point (or the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data) Determine the power ratio separately.
  • the value of the specific power ratio is not limited
  • the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point may be the number of layers corresponding to the data sent by the transmission point. For example, if one transmission point sends 2 layers of data, the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point is 2.
  • One or more antenna ports corresponding to the data may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the data.
  • the power configuration parameter (power ratio) may be based on demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or transmission point information) corresponding layer information (or antenna port number information) and solution The pattern information of the reference signal antenna port is determined.
  • the quasi-co-location indication information is used to indicate the antenna port QCL information of the demodulation reference signal, such as the QCL relationship with the antenna ports of other reference signals, and other reference signals may be CRS, channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal) At least one of CSI-RS), BRS, MRS, and the like.
  • determining power configuration parameters (power ratio values) according to layer number information corresponding to demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or codeword number information or quasi-co-location indication information) and pattern information of demodulation reference signal antenna ports For example, for one or more demodulation reference signal antenna port grouping information, if the number of layers of data transmitted by one or more antenna ports in the demodulation reference signal antenna port group (or the data used in the antenna port group to transmit data) The number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2), and the patterns of the demodulation reference signal antenna ports corresponding to different layers (or different antenna ports) are different.
  • a threshold as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2
  • the power transmitted by one or more antenna ports has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal transmitted by the one or more antenna ports, such as -3 dB; if the number of layers of data transmitted by one or more antenna ports in the antenna port packet (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit data in the antenna port packet) is less than a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2) or the number of layers is greater than or equal to a threshold (as specified in the protocol) Or, the pattern phase of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the network side configuration, such as 2) but different layers (or different antenna ports)
  • the power transmitted by the one or more antenna ports and the power of the reference signal sent by the one or more antenna ports have a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple demodulation reference signal antenna port grouping information, The layer number information corresponding to each demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or the number of antenna ports used for transmitting data in each antenna port group) and the
  • the value of the specific power ratio is not limited here. set.
  • the threshold values may be the same or different, and the threshold values corresponding to the number of antenna ports and the threshold value corresponding to the number of layers may be the same or different, and are not limited herein.
  • the layer number information corresponding to the codeword (or the number of antenna port numbers used to send the codeword) is used for each codeword and
  • the pattern information of the demodulated reference signal antenna port determines the power configuration parameter (power ratio).
  • the data corresponding to the codeword is sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword.
  • the power of the reference signal has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the number of layers of the data corresponding to the codeword (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit the codeword) is less than a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or network side) If the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the different layers (or different antenna ports) is the same, the data corresponding to the code word corresponds to one or more of the code words.
  • the power of the reference signal transmitted by the antenna port has a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple codeword information, the layer information corresponding to each codeword is used (or each codeword is sent) The antenna port number information used) and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port respectively determine the power ratio.
  • the value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
  • the threshold values may be the same or different, and the threshold values corresponding to the number of antenna ports used by the codeword and the threshold corresponding to the number of layers may be the same or different. Limited.
  • the number of layers corresponding to the codeword may be the number of layers used to send the codeword. For example, if one codeword has 2 layers, the number of layers corresponding to the codeword is 2.
  • the one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the codeword.
  • the layer number information corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information is used for each quasi-co-location indication information (or the quasi-co-location indication information)
  • the number of antenna ports used for the data corresponding to the co-location indication information and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port determine the power configuration parameter (power ratio).
  • the data and transmission corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the quasi-co-location indication information corresponds to the number of layers (or the antenna port used for the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information) The number is less than a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2) or the number of layers is greater than or equal to a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, such as 2) but different If the pattern
  • the power of the reference signal has a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple quasi-co-location indication information, the layer number information corresponding to each quasi-co-location indication information (or the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information is used)
  • the number of antenna ports and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port respectively determine the power ratio.
  • the value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein, and may be predefined or signaled.
  • the threshold values may be the same or different, and the threshold value and the number of layers corresponding to the number of antenna ports used for the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information The threshold values should be the same or different, and are not limited herein.
  • the layer number information corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information may be the layer number information corresponding to the data sent by the antenna port in the quasi-co-location indication information, and the number of antenna ports used by the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information It may refer to the number of antenna ports used when the antenna port in the quasi co-location indication information transmits data.
  • the UE configures one or more transmission point information
  • the information) and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port determine the power configuration parameter (power ratio).
  • the data corresponding to the transmission point is sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point.
  • the power of the reference signal has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the number of layers of data corresponding to the transmission point (or the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data) is less than a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or For the network side, for example, 2) or the number of layers is greater than or equal to a threshold (defined by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2), but the demodulation reference signal antenna corresponding to different layers (or different antenna ports) If the pattern of the port is the same, the data corresponding to the transmission point and the power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the data transmitted by the transmission point have power.
  • the UE configures multiple transmission point information, the layer number information corresponding to each transmission point (or the number of antenna port numbers used by the transmission point to transmit data) and the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port The information determines the power ratio separately.
  • the value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
  • the threshold values may be the same or different, and the threshold value corresponding to the number of antenna ports used for transmitting data at the transmission point and the threshold corresponding to the number of layers may be the same or different. This is not limited.
  • the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point may be the number of layers corresponding to the data sent by the transmission point. For example, if one transmission point sends 2 layers of data, the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point is 2.
  • One or more antenna ports corresponding to the data may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the data.
  • power configuration parameters such as power ratios
  • the power configuration parameter may be determined according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or transmission point information).
  • the quasi-co-location indication information is used to indicate the antenna port QCL information of the demodulation reference signal, such as the QCL relationship with the antenna ports of other reference signals, and other reference signals may be CRS, channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal) At least one of CSI-RS), BRS, MRS, and the like.
  • the power configuration parameter is determined according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or the codeword number information or the quasi-co-location indication information).
  • the one or The data sent by the multiple antenna ports has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal transmitted by the one or more antenna ports, such as -3 dB; if the one or more antenna ports in the antenna port group correspond to the demodulation reference signal antenna port The same pattern, the one or more antenna ports send data with the one or more The power of the reference signal transmitted by the antenna port has a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple demodulation reference signal antenna port group information, the demodulation reference signal antenna corresponding to each demodulation reference signal antenna port group information The pattern
  • the power configuration parameter is determined for each codeword according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the codeword.
  • the power of the reference signal has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the codeword is the same, the data corresponding to the codeword is transmitted with one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword.
  • the power of the signal has a power ratio, such as 0 dB. If the UE is configured with multiple codeword information, the power ratio is determined according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to each codeword. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
  • the one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword may refer to one or more antenna ports used for transmitting the codeword.
  • the UE if the UE is configured with one or more quasi co-location indication information, determining power configuration parameters for the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to each quasi co-location indication information (Power ratio).
  • Power ratio power configuration parameters for the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to each quasi co-location indication information
  • the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information is different, the data corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information and one of the data sent Or the power of the reference signal sent by the multiple antenna ports has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information is the same, the data and the corresponding data of the quasi-co-location indication information
  • the power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports of the data has a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple quasi-co-location indication information, the demodulation reference signal antenna
  • the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information may be a demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the data sent by the antenna port in the quasi co-location indication information, and the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information
  • the number of antenna ports used may refer to the number of antenna ports used when the antenna port in the quasi co-location indication information transmits data.
  • the UE configures one or more transmission point information, determining a power configuration parameter (power ratio) according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point for each transmission point information. ).
  • the data corresponding to the transmission point is one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point.
  • the power of the transmitted reference signal has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point is the same, the data corresponding to the transmission point and one or more antennas corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point
  • the power of the reference signal sent by the port has a power ratio, such as 0 dB. If the UE configures multiple transmission point information, the power ratio is determined according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to each transmission point. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
  • the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point may refer to a demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the data sent by the transmission point.
  • One or more antenna ports corresponding to the data may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the data.
  • port 7, port 8, port 11, port 13 adopt the same pattern, that is, occupy the same time-frequency resource.
  • the determination of the power configuration parameters is exemplified by transmitting two codewords at two transmission points.
  • the specific power configuration parameters are for illustrative purposes only and are not specifically limited.
  • the correspondence between the port number of the antenna port and the transmission point or the codeword or the QCL may include the following three types.
  • Method 1 The port number 7, 8, 11, 13 of the antenna port corresponds to a transmission point or code word or QCL; the port number 9, 10, 12, 14 of the antenna port corresponds to another transmission point or code word or QCL.
  • the pattern of the reference signal antenna port corresponding to each transmission point or codeword or one or more antenna ports of the QCL is the same, because the transmission point or codeword or QCL indication information (referred to as QCL for short)
  • the corresponding data has a power ratio, such as 0 dB, of the power of the reference signal transmitted by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point.
  • the power configuration parameters are determined as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • Mode 2 The port number 7, 8, 9, 10 of the antenna port corresponds to one transmission point or code word or QCL; the port number 11, 12, 13, 14 of the antenna port corresponds to another transmission point or code word or QCL.
  • the pattern of the reference signal antenna port corresponding to each transmission point or codeword or one or more antenna ports of the QCL may be the same, it may be different because the transmission point or codeword or
  • the data corresponding to the QCL indication information and the reference signal transmitted by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point may have different power ratios, such as 0 dB or -3 dB.
  • the power configuration parameters are determined as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the correspondence between the port number of the antenna port and the transmission point or the codeword or the QCL is dynamic, for example, it can be determined according to the mapping of the codeword to the layer or the antenna port in the existing LTE.
  • the pattern of the reference signal antenna port corresponding to each transmission point or codeword or one or more antenna ports of the QCL may be the same, it may be different because the transmission point or codeword or
  • the data corresponding to the QCL indication information and the reference signal transmitted by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point may have different power ratios, such as 0 dB or -3 dB.
  • the power configuration parameters are determined as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the power configuration parameters can be as follows:
  • the above scheme may also be used to determine the power ratio of data on the different layers/ports and the demodulation reference signal, specifically, no longer Narration.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the QCL configuration information, whether the data sent by the antenna port corresponding to the QCL is from one transmission point or multiple transmission points, and then determining a corresponding power configuration parameter (power ratio).
  • a transmission point may adopt a power configuration parameter in the prior art, and a plurality of transmission points may adopt a power configuration parameter corresponding to the solution in the invention, and details are not described herein.
  • the terminal device can know the power ratio between the data on the current layer/port and the demodulation reference signal, and further determine the received data power according to the power of the demodulation reference signal, thereby implementing reception.
  • Demodulation of data the data power may be the same or different on the demodulated reference signal symbol and the undemodulated reference signal symbol.
  • the protocol can specify that the data power is the same, in which case only one set of power ratio information is needed.
  • the power ratio information can be separately configured for the data on the demodulated reference signal symbol and the data on the undemodulated reference signal symbol.
  • the foregoing power ratio information may be in a predefined manner, which is not limited herein.
  • the first network device is a terminal device
  • the second network device is a base station.
  • the base station may increase the power of the antenna port identifier or the reference signal corresponding to the beam identifier in the PDSCH configuration information field, and/or increase the power ratio information Pd.
  • the power configuration parameter when configuring the power configuration parameter, only the data of the current transmission layer/antenna port t may have a power ratio relationship with the reference signal power of the beam/antenna port, and then determine the specificity according to the reference signal power of the beam/antenna port. Data power of the transport layer/antenna port.
  • the power of the reference signal can be considered to have the same value for different beam/antenna ports.
  • the power and power configuration parameters (antenna port/beam identification and power ratio) of the reference signal can be placed in common information.
  • the values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
  • the information field PDSCH-ConfigCommon is a public information field of the PDSCH configuration
  • the information field ReferenceSignalPower refers to the reference signal power information field
  • the information field beam ID/port refers to the beam identifier or the antenna port corresponding to the beam
  • the information domain Pd refers to the power ratio.
  • Information domain is a public information field of the PDSCH configuration
  • the information field ReferenceSignalPower refers to the reference signal power information field
  • the information field beam ID/port refers to the beam identifier or the antenna port corresponding to the beam
  • the information domain Pd refers to the power ratio.
  • Information domain refers to the power ratio.
  • the reference signal power information field may include a reference signal power information list ReferenceSignalPower-List, and the reference signal power information list may include one or more reference signal power information.
  • the information field beam ID/port may include a beam ID/port list beam ID/port-List, and the beam ID/port list may include one or more beam identifiers or antenna port information corresponding to the beam.
  • the power ratio information field may also include a power ratio list Pd-List, the power ratio list including one or more power ratios.
  • the beam ID/port-List can be omitted.
  • the power ratio list is arranged in a predefined order of beam IDs, such as from large to small or from small to large. Therefore, there is no need to notify beam ID/port-List.
  • the values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
  • the information field PDSCH-ConfigCommon is a public information field of the PDSCH configuration, and the information field ReferenceSignalPower-List refers to the reference signal power information list, and the information field beam ID/port-list refers to the beam identification list or the antenna port list corresponding to the beam.
  • the domain Pd-List refers to a list of power ratio information fields.
  • the power of the reference signal can be placed in the common information, and the power configuration parameters can be placed in the dedicated information.
  • the values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
  • the information domain PDSCH-ConfigCommon is a public information domain of the PDSCH configuration
  • the information domain PDSCH-ConfigDedicated is a dedicated information domain of the PDSCH configuration, which may be a UE level.
  • the information domain ReferenceSignalPower refers to a reference signal power information domain
  • the information domain beam ID/ Port refers to the beam identifier or the antenna port corresponding to the beam
  • the information field Pd refers to the power ratio information field.
  • the information field beam ID/port may include a beam ID/port list, and the beam ID/port list may include one or more beam identifiers or antenna port information corresponding to the beam.
  • the power ratio information field may also include a power ratio list Pd-List, the power ratio list including one or more power ratios.
  • the beam ID/port-List can be omitted.
  • the power ratio list is arranged in a predefined order of beam IDs, such as from large to small or from small to large. Therefore, there is no need to notify beam ID/port-List.
  • the values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
  • the information field PDSCH-ConfigDedicated is a dedicated information field of the PDSCH configuration, and may be at the UE level.
  • the information field beam ID/port-list refers to a beam identification list or a list of antenna ports corresponding to the beam, and the information field Pd-List refers to power.
  • the base station sends multiple power configuration parameters, and each power configuration parameter carries a power configuration identifier, such as a power control configuration identifier (Power-control-configID).
  • a power configuration identifier such as a power control configuration identifier (Power-control-configID).
  • the information carrying the power configuration identifier may be public or private.
  • the values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is not limited herein. as follows:
  • the reference signal power information field may include a reference signal power information list ReferenceSignalPower-List, and the reference signal power information list may include one or more reference signal power information.
  • the information field beam ID/port may include a beam ID/port list beam ID/port-List, and the beam ID/port list may include one or more beam identifiers or antenna port information corresponding to the beam.
  • the power ratio information field may also include a power ratio list Pd-List, the power ratio list including one or more power ratios.
  • the beam ID/port-List can be omitted, for example, the power ratio list is scheduled according to the beam ID.
  • the order of meanings is, for example, from large to small or from small to large. Therefore, there is no need to notify beam ID/port-List.
  • the values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
  • the information field ReferenceSignalPower-List refers to the reference signal power information list
  • the information field beam ID/port-List refers to the beam identification list or the antenna port list corresponding to the beam
  • the information field Pd-List refers to the power ratio information field list.
  • the base station may notify the terminal device to transmit the number of layers or the power configuration parameter corresponding to the port through the PDCCH.
  • the specific number of bits is not limited herein. The following are only examples, as follows:
  • the second network device may first define a plurality of power ratio values, and then indicate each power ratio value by using a power configuration identifier. See Table 1 for a list of information that may be used to indicate the relationship between each power ratio and the power configuration identifier.
  • Each value (Value) in Table 1 corresponds to a sub-message (Message), or the Message can be understood as a state, that is, a Value corresponds to a state, and n PCID is used to identify a power configuration identifier, and each power configuration identifier The corresponding Message is the power ratio.
  • each power ratio is configured with a power configuration identifier
  • the second network device can send the information of Table 1 to the first network device, and then only need to inform the first network device of the power configuration identifier
  • a network device can learn the corresponding power ratio, thereby determining the power of the received data based on the power of the reference signal given by the second network device and the power ratio to implement demodulation of the received data.
  • the second network device reconfigures information of a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and a power configuration identifier.
  • Table 2 a kind of information that may be used to indicate the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 2.
  • Each value in Table 2 corresponds to a message, that is, a value corresponds to a state, which is equivalent to combining the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the number of transmission layers in the scrambling identifier and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier.
  • Encoding wherein the encoding rules in the embodiments of the present invention can refer to the prior art.
  • the value of Value can occupy 2 bits or 3 bits, or it may occupy more bits.
  • Table 2 takes 2bit as an example. Value0 corresponds to 00, Value1 corresponds to 01, Value2 corresponds to 10, and Value3 corresponds to 11.
  • the n PCIDs in the table all indicate power configuration identifiers for marking power configuration parameters.
  • the terminal device receives multiple power configuration parameters (such as the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration, the third power configuration parameter, and the like), and also knows the power configuration identifier of each power configuration parameter. Determining which antenna port set corresponds to which power configuration parameter according to information such as an antenna port and/or a transmission layer number of the antenna port set, and a power configuration identifier included in each state, so that each antenna port set can be separately determined. The power of the data.
  • Table 3 when the number of transmission layers is 1, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 3.
  • Each value in Table 3 corresponds to a state.
  • Table 3 takes the value of Value as 3, and Value0 corresponds to 000, Value1 corresponds to 001, Value2 corresponds to 010, and so on.
  • Table 4 when the number of transmission layers is 2, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 4.
  • Each value in Table 4 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, and each sub-state may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 4 takes the value of Value as 2.
  • Table 5 when the number of transmission layers is 3, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 5.
  • Each value in Table 5 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, and each sub-state may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 5 takes the value of Value as an example.
  • Table 6 when the number of transmission layers is 4, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 6.
  • Table 6 Each of the values in Table 6 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 6 takes the value of Value as an example.
  • Table 7 when the number of transmission layers is 5, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 7.
  • Table 7 Each of the values in Table 7 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 7 takes the value of Value as an example.
  • Table 8 when the number of transmission layers is 6, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 8.
  • Table 8 Each of the values in Table 8 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 8 takes the value of Value as an example.
  • Table 9 when the number of transmission layers is 7, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 9.
  • Table 9 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 9 takes the value of Value as an example.
  • Table 10 when the number of transmission layers is 8, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 10.
  • Each value in Table 10 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 10 takes the value of Value as an example.
  • Tables 2 to 10 can respectively indicate the case of different transmission layers.
  • the number of transmission layers and the power configuration identifier corresponding to the antenna port may also be jointly indicated.
  • a possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 11.
  • Tables 2 to 11 are used to indicate information on the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier.
  • the following is an example of information on the correspondence between the codeword and the power configuration identifier.
  • Table 12 when two codeword transmission power configuration parameters are used, one information that may be used to indicate the correspondence between the codeword and the power configuration identifier may be referred to Table 12.
  • Each value in Table 12 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, and each sub-state may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 12 takes the value of Value as 2 bits as an example.
  • Table 13 when two codeword transmission power configuration parameters are used, another information that may be used to indicate the correspondence between the codeword and the power configuration identifier may be referred to Table 13.
  • Each value in Table 13 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 13 takes the value of Value as an example.
  • each state corresponds to a power configuration identifier.
  • Table 12 and Table 13 are both used to indicate the correspondence between the codeword and the power configuration identifier.
  • the first network device is a terminal device
  • the second network device is a base station.
  • the base station may add a power configuration identifier in the information domain of the antenna port, the scrambling identifier, and the transmission layer in the DCI information, and indicate which power configuration parameter is specifically adopted. as follows:
  • n SCID is the scrambling identity for antenna ports 7 and 8.
  • the following describes the information about the correspondence between the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the scrambling identifier, and the codeword and the power configuration identifier.
  • each Value corresponds to one state, and each state may further include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 14 takes the value of Value as an example.
  • the terminal devices when a transport layer transmits data, the terminal devices can be multiplexed, and different scrambling identifiers are used to distinguish different power configuration identifiers.
  • the scrambling identifier can also be used to distinguish the power configuration identifiers corresponding to different transport layers/antenna ports.
  • each Value corresponds to one state, and each state may further include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID .
  • Table 15 takes the value of Value as 4 bits as an example.
  • the terminal devices when a transport layer transmits data, the terminal devices can be multiplexed, and different scrambling identifiers are used to distinguish different power configuration identifiers.
  • the scrambling identifier can also be used to distinguish the power configuration identifiers corresponding to different transport layers/ports.
  • Tables 1 to 15 are only examples for more clearly describing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, and are not limited to the present invention.
  • Other possible indicators are used to indicate the number of transmission layers and antenna ports.
  • the information of the correspondence between the at least one of the codeword and the scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier is also within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present invention, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the specific ratios in Tables 1 to 15 above The values in the special number and the table are only examples, and other values may be used, which are not limited herein.
  • the correspondence between the design transport layer/antenna port/codeword/scrambling identifier and the power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier is designed, and when the first network device receives the data stream transmitted by the distributed antenna, it can be different for different The data stream (transport layer) determines the respective data power, thereby improving the data transmission performance.
  • the second network device may further send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier; and transmitting beam identification and power configuration.
  • the information of the correspondence between the parameters, the first network device thereby receiving the two information.
  • each power configuration parameter may further include a power configuration identifier used to indicate the power configuration parameter.
  • the second network device may further send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier; and a correspondence between the transmission beam identifier and the power configuration identifier The information of the relationship, the first network device thereby receiving the two information.
  • the second network device binds the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, and/or the codeword to the beam identifier, and binds the beam identifier to the power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier.
  • the first network device receives the certain When the data corresponding to the transmission layer, the antenna port, and/or the codeword is used, the corresponding power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier may be found according to the bundled beam identifier, so that the power of the received data is determined according to the power configuration parameter.
  • the information sent by the second network device to indicate the correspondence between the at least one of the number of the transmission layers, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier is used to indicate the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier.
  • the information of the corresponding relationship may be sent in the same time unit, or may be sent in different time units, may be sent in the same signaling, or may be sent in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling configuration.
  • the physical layer signaling is used for sending, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited.
  • the second network device may send Quasi Co Location (QCL) information to the first network device, where the first network device determines, by using the QCL information, the current transport layer/antenna port/codeword and the beam identifier (beam ID) Or port) having a QCL relationship, thereby determining the transmission layer/antenna port/codeword of the data according to the power information of the reference signal of the beam identifier configured in the RRC signaling and the power configuration parameter (or the power configuration parameter corresponding to the power configuration identifier) Power, thereby enabling demodulation of received data.
  • the power information of the reference signal and the power configuration parameter (or the power configuration parameter corresponding to the power configuration identifier) may be configured or predefined.
  • the first network device can also determine the QCL information of the current data port according to the power configuration parameters.
  • the power configuration parameter when configuring the power configuration parameter, can be configured with a corresponding power configuration identifier to uniquely represent the power configuration parameter.
  • the second network device can bind the power configuration identification to at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identity, and/or to the beam identification.
  • the first network device may determine a corresponding power configuration parameter, or determine a beam identifier bound thereto, thereby The power configuration parameters are determined based on the beam identification.
  • the second network device can use different powers for data transmission for different beams, so different beam identifiers can correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams.
  • the beam identification corresponds to a set of power configuration parameters, and when the second network device is configured, the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the relevant beam information can be indicated in specific use.
  • different beam identifiers may correspond to codewords, transport layers, and antenna ports, that is, different codewords.
  • the transport layer or the antenna port may be sent through different beams to improve the performance of the corresponding codeword, transport layer, and antenna port for transmitting data.
  • the power information of the reference signal of the reference beam identification of the data that is, determining, according to the QCL information, the respective data powers can be determined for different data streams (transport layers), and thus the data demodulation result is more accurate, thereby Improve data transmission performance.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 500 can include a receiving module 501 and a processing module 502, where:
  • the receiving module 501 is configured to receive the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device, and receive the reference signal and data sent by the second network device, where the reference signal includes the first antenna port set. Reference signal and reference signal of the second antenna port set.
  • the processing module 502 is configured to determine, according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, the first power of the received data (the data corresponding to the first antenna port set, that is, the data from the first antenna port set), and And determining, according to the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, the second power of the received data (data corresponding to the second antenna port set, that is, data from the second antenna port set).
  • the receiving module 501 is further configured to receive a third power configuration parameter sent by the second network device.
  • any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  • the reference signal includes at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal; the first reference signal includes at least one of a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and a synchronization signal.
  • the power ratio includes at least one of the following:
  • the ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal is the ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
  • the ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal is the ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
  • the specific manner in which the receiving module 501 receives the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device may be:
  • the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter are obtained from the second network device by RRC signaling or physical layer signaling or MAC signaling.
  • any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set is at least One codeword corresponding; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set corresponds to at least one transport layer.
  • the correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in the DCI information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead.
  • the DCI signaling can implement dynamic configuration and is applicable to scenarios with fast changes.
  • the signaling overhead needs to be further considered. Therefore, multiple signalings can be configured in advance by using two levels of indications, and further indications are used in the case of specific use, which is an implementation of the first two, and the configured interval and signaling overhead are moderate.
  • the first level may adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the second level may also adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the two levels may use the same or different types of signaling, or
  • the other signaling is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword.
  • the same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead.
  • Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers.
  • Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the receiving module 501 is further configured to receive, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; Or receiving, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier, and indicating a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter.
  • Information or,
  • any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter
  • the receiving module 501 is further configured to receive the second network device.
  • the information used to indicate the correspondence between the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter or the power configuration identifier may be
  • the unit sends the packets at the same time. They can also be sent in different time units. They can be sent in the same signaling or in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or through physical layer signaling. send.
  • the second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier is carried in the signaling.
  • the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
  • the second network device may use different powers for data transmission of different beams, so different beam identifiers may correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams.
  • the beam identification identifies a set of power configuration parameters. When the second network device is configured, the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the relevant beam information can be indicated in specific use.
  • different beam identifications can be associated with codewords, transport layers, The antenna ports correspond to different codewords or transmission layers or antenna ports that can be transmitted through different beams to improve the performance of the corresponding codeword, transmission layer, and antenna port transmission data.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 600 can include a transceiver 601, a processor 602, and a memory 603, where:
  • the processor 602 may include, for example, a central processing unit (CPU) or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and may include one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, and may include using a field programmable gate.
  • a hardware circuit developed by a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) may include a baseband chip.
  • the number of memories 603 may be one or more.
  • the memory 603 may include a Read Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), and a disk storage, and the like.
  • the memory 603 can be used to store instructions required by the processor 602 to perform tasks, and can also be used to store data.
  • the transceiver 601 can belong to a radio frequency system for performing network communication with an external device, for example, can communicate with an external device through a network such as an Ethernet, a radio access network, or a wireless local area network.
  • the transceiver 601, the memory 603, and the processor 602 are connected to each other.
  • the code corresponding to the method shown above is solidified into the chip, thereby enabling the chip to perform the method shown in the previous embodiment while it is running.
  • How to design and program the processor 602 is a technique well known to those skilled in the art, and details are not described herein.
  • the network device 600 can be used to perform the method described above with reference to Figures 2 - 4, for example, can be a first network device. Therefore, for the functions and the like implemented by the units in the network device 600, reference may be made to the description of the previous method part, and details are not described herein.
  • the physical device corresponding to the receiving module 501 in the network device 500 described in FIG. 5 may be the transceiver 601 in FIG. 6, and the physical device corresponding to the processing module 502 may be the processing in FIG. 602.
  • the network device can receive multiple power configuration parameters sent by the second network device, so that the power configuration parameter corresponding to the antenna port set corresponding to the received data and the power of the reference signal are obtained. Determine the power of the received data, realize the demodulation of the received data, improve the demodulation accuracy, and improve the data transmission performance.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 700 can include a sending module 701, where:
  • the sending module 701 is configured to send, to the first network device, a first power configuration parameter and a second power configuration parameter, and send a reference signal and data to the first network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a A reference signal for a set of two antenna ports.
  • the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set are used to determine a first power of the received data (data corresponding to the first antenna port set, that is, data from the first antenna port); the second power configuration parameter And the reference signal of the second antenna port set is used to determine a second power of the received data (data corresponding to the second antenna port set, ie, data from the second antenna port).
  • the sending module 701 is further configured to send a third power configuration parameter to the first network device.
  • any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  • the reference signal includes at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal; the first reference signal includes at least one of a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and a synchronization signal.
  • the power ratio includes at least one of the following:
  • the ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal is the ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
  • the ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal is the ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
  • the specific manner in which the sending module 701 sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter to the first network device may be:
  • the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter are configured by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter are sent to the first network device by using physical layer signaling.
  • any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least one code Word correspondence; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set corresponds to at least one transport layer.
  • the correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in the DCI information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead.
  • the DCI signaling can implement dynamic configuration and is applicable to scenarios with fast changes.
  • the signaling overhead needs to be further considered. Therefore, multiple signalings can be configured in advance by using two levels of indications, and further indications are used in the case of specific use, which is an implementation of the first two, and the configured interval and signaling overhead are moderate.
  • the first level may adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the second level may also adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the two levels may use the same or different types of signaling, or
  • the other signaling is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword.
  • the same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead.
  • Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers.
  • Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the sending module 701 is further configured to send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; or And transmitting information for indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier, and information for indicating a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter. or,
  • any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter
  • the sending module 701 is further configured to the first network device And transmitting information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and a power configuration identifier. Or the information about the correspondence between the at least one of the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration identifier.
  • the information used to indicate the correspondence between the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter or the power configuration identifier may be
  • the unit sends the packets at the same time. They can also be sent in different time units. They can be sent in the same signaling or in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or through physical layer signaling. send.
  • the second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier is carried in the signaling.
  • the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
  • the second network device may use different powers for data transmission of different beams, so different beam identifiers may correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams.
  • the beam identification identifies a set of power configuration parameters.
  • the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the relevant beam information can be indicated in specific use.
  • different beam identifiers may correspond to codewords, transport layers, and antenna ports, that is, different codewords or transport layers or antenna ports may be sent through different beams to improve corresponding codewords, transport layers, and antenna ports to transmit data. Performance.
  • the network device 701 may further include a processing module 702, configured to process data or signaling sent by the external device.
  • a processing module 702 configured to process data or signaling sent by the external device.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 800 can include a transceiver 801, a processor 802, and a memory 803, where:
  • the processor 802 may include, for example, a CPU or an ASIC, and may include one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, may include hardware circuits developed using an FPGA, and may include a baseband chip.
  • the number of memories 803 may be one or more.
  • the memory 803 may include a ROM, a RAM, and a disk storage, and the like.
  • the memory 803 can be used to store instructions required by the processor 802 to perform tasks, and can also be used to store data.
  • the transceiver 801 can belong to a radio frequency system for performing network communication with an external device, for example, can communicate with an external device through a network such as an Ethernet, a radio access network, or a wireless local area network.
  • the transceiver 801, the memory 803, and the processor 802 are connected to each other.
  • processor 802 By programming the processor 802, the code corresponding to the method shown above is solidified into the chip, thereby enabling the chip to perform the method shown in the previous embodiment while it is running. How to set up processor 802 The programming is a technique well known to those skilled in the art and will not be described here.
  • the network device 800 can be used to perform the method described above with respect to Figures 2 - 4, such as a second network device. Therefore, for the functions and the like implemented by the units in the network device 800, reference may be made to the description of the previous method part, and details are not described herein.
  • the physical device corresponding to the sending module 701 in the network device 700 described in FIG. 7 may be the transceiver 801 in FIG. 8, and the physical device corresponding to the processing module 702 may be the processing in FIG. 802.
  • the power of the signal determines the power of the received data, realizes demodulation of the received data, improves the demodulation accuracy, and improves the data transmission performance.
  • the division of the module or module is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner, for example, multiple modules or components may be combined or may be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored. Or not.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or module, and may be electrical or otherwise.
  • the modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated.
  • the components displayed as modules may or may not be physical modules, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network modules. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to implement the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the functional modules in the embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing module, or each module may also be an independent physical module.
  • the integrated modules if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as separate products, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • all or part of the technical solution of the present invention may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device, such as a personal computer. , a server, or a network device or the like, or a processor performs all or part of the steps of the method of the various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a universal serial bus flash drive, a removable hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in an embodiment of the present invention are a power configuration method and a related device. The method comprises: receiving, by a first network device, a first power configuration parameter and a second power configuration parameter transmitted by a second network device; and upon receiving reference signals and data of a first antenna port set and a second antenna port set, determining, according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, power of the data from the first antenna port set, and determining, according to the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, power of the data from the second antenna port set, such that demodulation can be respectively performed on the data transmitted by the corresponding antenna port sets according to the acquired power. The present invention improves accuracy of demodulation performed on data from multiple antenna port sets, thereby enhancing data transmission performance.

Description

一种功率配置方法及相关设备Power configuration method and related equipment
本申请要求于2017年05月05日提交中国专利局、申请号为CN201710314209.9、申请名称为“一种功率配置方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。其中,申请号CN201710314209.9的申请要求于2017年04月01日提交中国专利局、申请号为CN201710213795.8、申请名称为“一种功率配置方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权;申请号CN201710213795.8的申请要求于2017年01月06日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710009702.X、申请名称为“一种功率配置方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权。This application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application filed on May 5, 2017, the Chinese Patent Application No. CN201710314209.9, the application entitled "A Power Configuration Method and Related Equipment", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference. In this application. Among them, the application for application number CN201710314209.9 is required to be submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on April 1, 2017, the application number is CN201710213795.8, and the application for the name of "a power configuration method and related equipment" is the priority of the Chinese patent application; The application for the application number CN201710213795.8 is filed on January 6, 2017, the priority of the Chinese Patent Application, filed on Jan. 6, 2017, the application number is 201710009702.X, and the application name is "a power configuration method and related equipment".
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种功率配置方法及相关设备。The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a power configuration method and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
下一代移动通信系统要求大容量和高质量的数据传输,多输入多输出(Multiple-Input Multiple-Output,MIMO)技术被认为是可实现未来高速数据传输的关键技术之一。传统的集中式MIMO系统的多根发射天线均集中于基站端,与集中式MIMO不同,分布式MIMO系统的多根发射天线分布在不同的地理位置,其各对收发链路之间更加独立,具有大容量、低功耗、更好的覆盖、对人体的电磁损害较低等优势,被认为是未来无线通信系统的备选方案之一。在分布式MIMO的场景下,为了提高边缘用户的信号可靠性以及为了提高边缘小区的吞吐量,可以考虑采用多点空频块码(Spatial-Frequency Block Coding,SFBC)或者多点多流等传输方法为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)传输数据。Next-generation mobile communication systems require high-capacity and high-quality data transmission, and Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) technology is considered to be one of the key technologies for future high-speed data transmission. In the conventional centralized MIMO system, multiple transmit antennas are concentrated on the base station. Unlike centralized MIMO, multiple transmit antennas of a distributed MIMO system are distributed in different geographical locations, and each pair of transceiver links is more independent. It has the advantages of large capacity, low power consumption, better coverage, and low electromagnetic damage to the human body, and is considered as one of the alternatives for future wireless communication systems. In the distributed MIMO scenario, in order to improve the signal reliability of edge users and to improve the throughput of edge cells, it may be considered to use Spatial-Frequency Block Coding (SFBC) or multi-point multi-stream transmission. The method transmits data for a user equipment (User Equipment, UE).
当UE接收到来自多个传输点的数据时,每个传输点与UE之间的下行数据信道的功率不同,而下行数据信道的功率一般用于对传输点通过下行数据信道所发送的下行数据进行解调,因此,UE在对下行数据进行解调时,需要知道各个传输点与UE之间的下行数据信道的功率。通常情况下,高层只为UE配置了一组功率配置参数,UE根据这组功率配置参数可得到一个传输点与UE之间下行数据信道的功率,如果存在多个传输点为UE传输数据,UE可能无法准确地对每个传输点传输的数据进行解调。When the UE receives data from multiple transmission points, the power of the downlink data channel between each transmission point and the UE is different, and the power of the downlink data channel is generally used for downlink data sent by the transmission point through the downlink data channel. Demodulation is performed. Therefore, when demodulating downlink data, the UE needs to know the power of the downlink data channel between each transmission point and the UE. Generally, the upper layer only configures a set of power configuration parameters for the UE, and the UE can obtain the power of the downlink data channel between the transmission point and the UE according to the set of power configuration parameters. If there are multiple transmission points for the UE to transmit data, the UE It may not be possible to accurately demodulate the data transmitted at each transmission point.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例公开了一种功率配置方法及相关设备,可以提高对多个传输点传输的数据进行解调的准确度。The embodiment of the invention discloses a power configuration method and related equipment, which can improve the accuracy of demodulating data transmitted by multiple transmission points.
本发明实施例第一方面公开了一种功率配置方法,该方法可以包括:A first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a power configuration method, where the method may include:
第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数,以及接收第二网络设备发送的参考信号和数据,其中,该参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号和第二天线端口集合的参考信号。第一网络设备可以根据第一功率配置参数和第一天线端口集合的参考信号确定接收数据(来自第一天线端口集合的数据)的第一功率,以及根据第二功率配置参数和第二天线端口集合的参考信号确定接收数 据(来自第二天线端口集合的数据)的第二功率。The first network device receives the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device, and receives the reference signal and data sent by the second network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set And a reference signal of the second antenna port set. The first network device may determine a first power of the received data (data from the first antenna port set) according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, and according to the second power configuration parameter and the second antenna port The set reference signal determines the number of receptions According to the second power (data from the second antenna port set).
其中,该数据可以为下行数据,也可以为上行数据,功率配置参数、参考信号和数据可以同一时间单位发送,也可以不同时间单位发送。The data may be downlink data or uplink data, and power configuration parameters, reference signals, and data may be sent in the same time unit or in different time units.
本发明实施例中,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的两个功率配置参数,并在接收到参考信号和来自多个天线端口集合的数据时,可以分别根据天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数和参考信号确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率,从而可以根据获取的功率分别对相应的天线端口集合发送的数据进行解调,得到较为准确的解调结果,提升数据传输性能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first network device receives two power configuration parameters sent by the second network device, and when receiving the reference signal and the data from the multiple antenna port sets, respectively, according to the power configuration corresponding to the antenna port set The parameter and the reference signal determine the power of the data from the antenna port set, so that the data sent by the corresponding antenna port set can be demodulated according to the obtained power, thereby obtaining a more accurate demodulation result and improving data transmission performance.
可选的,第一网络设备还可以接收第二网络设备发送的第一功率配置参数,并在接收到参考信号以及来自第一天线端口集合的数据的情况下,根据第一功率配置参数和参考信号的功率来确定来自第一天线端口集合的数据的功率。Optionally, the first network device may further receive the first power configuration parameter sent by the second network device, and according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference, when the reference signal and the data from the first antenna port set are received. The power of the signal determines the power of the data from the first set of antenna ports.
可选的,所述功率配置参数根据解调参考信号天线端口分组信息或码字信息或者准共址指示信息或者传输点信息对应的层数信息或天线端口个数信息确定;或者Optionally, the power configuration parameter is determined according to demodulation reference signal antenna port group information or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or layer number information corresponding to transmission point information or antenna port number information; or
所述功率配置参数根据解调参考信号天线端口分组信息或码字信息或者准共址指示信息或者传输点信息对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定;或者The power configuration parameter is determined according to demodulation reference signal antenna port group information or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or pattern information of a demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point information; or
所述功率配置参数根据解调参考信号天线端口分组信息或码字信息或者准共址指示信息或者传输点信息对应的层数信息或天线端口个数信息以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定。可选的,所述功率配置参数包括功率比值。The power configuration parameter is determined according to the demodulation reference signal antenna port group information or the codeword information or the quasi-co-location indication information or the layer number information corresponding to the transmission point information or the number of antenna port numbers and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port. . Optionally, the power configuration parameter includes a power ratio.
可选的,如果所有天线端口集合共用一个功率配置参数,可以在协议里预先定义好,第二网络设备从而不需要向第一网络设备发送功率配置参数,第一网络设备可以直接根据参考信号功率以及该功率配置参数确定接收数据的功率。Optionally, if all the antenna port sets share one power configuration parameter, which may be predefined in the protocol, the second network device does not need to send the power configuration parameter to the first network device, and the first network device may directly according to the reference signal power. And the power configuration parameter determines the power of the received data.
可选的,第一网络设备还可接收第二网络设备发送的第三功率配置参数。Optionally, the first network device may further receive a third power configuration parameter sent by the second network device.
可选的,第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。Optionally, any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
可选的,第三功率配置参数可以与第一功率配置参数以及第二功率配置参数在同一信令中发送,也可以在不同信令中发送。第三功率配置参数不限定一个功率配置参数,可以是由多个功率配置参数组成的功率配置参数集合。Optionally, the third power configuration parameter may be sent in the same signaling as the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter, or may be sent in different signaling. The third power configuration parameter does not define one power configuration parameter, and may be a power configuration parameter set composed of multiple power configuration parameters.
第二网络设备通过一条信令发送多个功率配置参数,可以减少信令的交互次数,且第一网络设备可以直接根据一条信令获得多个功率配置参数,方式较为简单。The second network device can send multiple power configuration parameters by using one signaling, which can reduce the number of signaling interactions, and the first network device can obtain multiple power configuration parameters directly according to one signaling, which is simple.
本发明实施例中,将波束标识/波束天线端口与功率比值绑定,可以在没有小区专用参考信号(Cell-specific Reference Signal,CRS)时,根据解调参考信号如用户专用参考信号,或者波束参考信号,或者移动参考信号或者同步信号等其他参考信号来确定接收数据的功率,从而实现对数据的正确解调,提高解调性能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the beam identifier/beam antenna port is bound to the power ratio, and may be based on a demodulation reference signal, such as a user-specific reference signal, or a beam when there is no cell-specific reference signal (CRS). The reference signal, or other reference signals such as a moving reference signal or a synchronization signal, determine the power of the received data, thereby achieving correct demodulation of the data and improving demodulation performance.
波束参考信号是指与波束相关的参考信号,比如第二网络设备会根据一个或者多个波束,发送一个或者多个信号,在信号发送之前可以进行预编码或者模拟波束成型等,比如说同步信号,广播信号,波束信号等。The beam reference signal refers to a reference signal related to the beam. For example, the second network device transmits one or more signals according to one or more beams, and may perform precoding or analog beamforming before the signal is transmitted, for example, a synchronization signal. , broadcast signals, beam signals, etc.
移动参考信号是指用于进行终端设备的波束跟踪或者位置跟踪的参考信号。The mobile reference signal refers to a reference signal used for beam tracking or position tracking of the terminal device.
一个波束是由一个或多个(逻辑)天线组成,通过基带的预编码矩阵或射频端的 移相形成各(逻辑)天线的权值,称为是一个波束。A beam consists of one or more (logical) antennas, through a baseband precoding matrix or RF Phase shifting forms the weight of each (logical) antenna, called a beam.
波束参考信号可以用天线端口、时频资源、或者波束的编号的一个或者多个进行表征,也可以用其他的方式表征,本发明实施例不做限定。The beam reference signal may be characterized by one or more of the antenna port, the time-frequency resource, or the number of the beam, or may be characterized in other manners, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
同步信号是指用于第一网络设备与第二网络设备之间在时域和/或频域上进行同步的信号,例如长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中的主同步信号和/或辅同步信号,也可以用其他的方式表征,本发明实施例不做限定。The synchronization signal refers to a signal used for synchronization between the first network device and the second network device in the time domain and/or the frequency domain, such as a primary synchronization signal in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system and/or The auxiliary synchronization signal may also be characterized in other manners, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
可选的,本发明实施例中的参考信号可以包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种,第一参考信号可以包括波束参考信号、移动参考信号和同步信号中的至少一种。功率配置参数中的功率比值可以包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal, where the first reference signal may include at least one of a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and a synchronization signal. . The power ratio in the power configuration parameter may include at least one of the following:
1)在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。1) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
2)在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与第一参考信号的功率的比值。2) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
3)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。3) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
4)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值。4) The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol.
5)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与第一参考信号的功率的比值。5) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
具体的,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数的具体方式可以为:Specifically, the specific manner in which the first network device receives the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device may be:
第一网络设备通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令或者物理层信令从第二网络设备获取第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数。或者也可以采用其他的信令,比如媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)信令通知,在此不做具体的限定。The first network device acquires the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter from the second network device by using Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or physical layer signaling. Alternatively, other signaling, such as Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling, may be used, and is not specifically limited herein.
可选的,第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口;第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个码字对应;第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个传输层对应。Optionally, any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least one code Word correspondence; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set corresponds to at least one transport layer.
也即是说,每个天线端口集合可以包括至少一个天线端口;每个天线端口集合可用于传输至少一个码字,或者多个天线端口集合可用于传输一个码字,不同的天线端口集合可对应同一码字的不同传输层;一个码字可以对应一个传输层或者多个传输层的数据;每个天线端口集合也可以用于传输至少一个传输层的数据;或者多个天线端口集合也可以用于传输同一传输层的数据。That is to say, each antenna port set may include at least one antenna port; each antenna port set may be used to transmit at least one codeword, or multiple antenna port sets may be used to transmit one codeword, and different antenna port sets may correspond Different transport layers of the same codeword; one codeword may correspond to one transport layer or multiple transport layer data; each antenna port set may also be used to transmit data of at least one transport layer; or multiple antenna port sets may also be used The data of the same transport layer is transmitted.
其中,天线端口集合与码字和/或传输层的对应关系可由第二网络设备在下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)信息中指示。或者为预定义的,也可以是RRC信令或者MAC信令或在物理层信令通知,本发明实施例不做限定。The correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in Downlink Control Information (DCI) information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
可以理解的是,通过RRC信令,发送时间间隔可以比较长,可以半静态的配置功率配置参数,适用于变化慢的场景,减小信令开销。DCI信令,可以实现动态的配置, 适用于变化快的场景,信令开销需要进一步考虑。因此,可通过二级的指示,可以预先配置多个信令,具体使用时再进一步指示,是一种前两者折中的一种实现方式,配置的间隔和信令的开销适中。It can be understood that, by using the RRC signaling, the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead. DCI signaling enables dynamic configuration. Applicable to scenarios with fast changes, signaling overhead needs further consideration. Therefore, multiple signalings can be pre-configured through the two-level indication, and further indications are used in the case of the first two. The configuration interval and the signaling overhead are moderate.
进一步的,针对不同的码字进行不同的功率配置,可以提高码字的解码性能。一个码字内可以设置相同的功率配置,减小信令开销。针对不同的传输层进行不同的功率配置,可以提高不同层的传输性能。针对天线端口集合配置不同的功率配置,一个天线端口集合包括多个天线端口时,可以减少信令的开销。Further, different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword. The same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead. Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers. Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
可选的,该方法还可以包括:Optionally, the method may further include:
第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息;或者,Receiving, by the first network device, information for indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and a power configuration parameter, where the second network device sends; or
第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, where the first network device receives the second network device for sending Information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier.
也即是说,每个功率配置参数可用唯一的功率配置标识指示,第一网络设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数或者功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。That is, each power configuration parameter may be indicated by a unique power configuration identifier, and the first network device may receive at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identifier sent by the second network device. Information relating to a power configuration parameter or a power configuration identifier.
其中,该信息可以与功率配置参数同一时间单位发送,也可以不同时间单位发送。The information may be sent in the same time unit as the power configuration parameter, or may be sent in different time units.
可选的,该方法还可以包括:Optionally, the method may further include:
第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息,以及接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息。Receiving, by the second network device, information for indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer, an antenna port, and a codeword and a beam identifier, and receiving, by the second network device, an indicator beam Information identifying the correspondence between the power configuration parameters and the power configuration parameters.
或者,在第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识的情况下,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息,以及接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示波束标识与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Or, in a case where any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, the first network device receives the first Information for indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword and a beam identifier, and receiving, by the second network device, an indicator for indicating a beam identifier and a power configuration identifier Information about the correspondence.
其中,用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息与用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数或者功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可以在同一时间单位发送,也可以在不同时间单位发送,可以在同一条信令中发送,也可以分别在不同的信令中发送,例如通过RRC信令或者MAC信令配置,或者通过物理层信令发送。The information used to indicate the correspondence between the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter or the power configuration identifier may be The unit sends the packets at the same time. They can also be sent in different time units. They can be sent in the same signaling or in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or through physical layer signaling. send.
第二网络设备无需将每个功率配置参数都携带在信令中,只需设置用于指示每个功率配置参数的功率配置标识,在信令中携带功率配置标识即可。一般来说,功率配置标识可能比相应的功率配置参数的数据量小,这样可以减少信令携带的数据量。The second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier is carried in the signaling. In general, the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备针对不同的波束可以采用不同的功率进行数据的传输,因此不同的波束标识可以对应不同的功率配置参数,提高不同波束下的数据传输性能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device may use different powers to transmit data for different beams. Therefore, different beam identifiers may correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams.
此外,通过波束标识对应一组功率配置参数,在第二网络设备配置时,可以减少 信令开销,在具体使用时指示相关的波束信息即可。In addition, the beam identification corresponds to a set of power configuration parameters, which can be reduced when the second network device is configured. The signaling overhead can be used to indicate the relevant beam information when it is used.
进一步的,不同的波束标识可以与码字,传输层,天线端口对应,即不同的码字或者传输层或天线端口可以是通过不同波束发送的,提高对应的码字,传输层,天线端口传输数据的性能。Further, the different beam identifiers may correspond to the codeword, the transport layer, and the antenna port, that is, different codewords or transport layers or antenna ports may be sent through different beams, and the corresponding codeword, transport layer, and antenna port are transmitted. The performance of the data.
本发明实施例第二方面公开了一种功率配置方法,该方法可以包括:A second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a power configuration method, where the method may include:
第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数,以及发送的参考信号和数据,其中,该参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号和第二天线端口集合的参考信号。其中,第一功率配置参数和第一天线端口集合的参考信号用于确定接收数据的第一功率,第二功率配置参数和第二天线端口集合的参考信号用于确定接收数据的第二功率。The second network device sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter, and the transmitted reference signal and data, to the first network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a second antenna port set Reference signal. The first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set are used to determine a first power of the received data, and the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set are used to determine a second power of the received data.
也即是说,第一网络设备在接收到两个功率配置参数,并在接收到参考信号和来自多个天线端口集合的数据时,可以分别根据天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数和参考信号确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率,从而可以根据获取的功率分别对相应的天线端口集合发送的数据进行解调,得到较为准确的解调结果,提升数据传输性能。That is to say, the first network device receives two power configuration parameters, and when receiving the reference signal and the data from the multiple antenna port sets, may determine according to the power configuration parameters and reference signals corresponding to the antenna port set respectively. The power of the data from the antenna port set can demodulate the data sent by the corresponding antenna port set according to the obtained power, thereby obtaining a more accurate demodulation result and improving data transmission performance.
可选的,该数据可以为下行数据,也可以为上行数据,功率配置参数、参考信号和数据可以同一时间单位发送,也可以不同时间单位发送。Optionally, the data may be downlink data or uplink data, and power configuration parameters, reference signals, and data may be sent in the same time unit or in different time units.
可选的,第二网络设备还可以给第一网络设备只发送第一功率配置参数,以便第一网络设备在接收到参考信号以及来自第一天线端口集合的数据的情况下,根据第一功率配置参数和参考信号的功率来确定来自第一天线端口集合的数据的功率。Optionally, the second network device may further send the first power configuration parameter to the first network device, so that the first network device receives the reference signal and the data from the first antenna port set according to the first power. The power of the parameters and reference signals are configured to determine the power of the data from the first set of antenna ports.
可选的,如果所有天线端口集合共用一个功率配置参数,可以在协议里预先定义好,第二网络设备从而不需要向第一网络设备发送功率配置参数,第一网络设备可以直接根据参考信号功率以及该功率配置参数确定接收数据的功率。Optionally, if all the antenna port sets share one power configuration parameter, which may be predefined in the protocol, the second network device does not need to send the power configuration parameter to the first network device, and the first network device may directly according to the reference signal power. And the power configuration parameter determines the power of the received data.
可选的,第二网络设备还可向第一网络设备发送第三功率配置参数。Optionally, the second network device may further send the third power configuration parameter to the first network device.
可选的,第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。Optionally, any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
可选的,第三功率配置参数可以与第一功率配置参数以及第二功率配置参数在同一信令中发送,也可以在不同信令中发送。第三功率配置参数不限定一个功率配置参数,可以是由多个功率配置参数组成的功率配置参数集合。Optionally, the third power configuration parameter may be sent in the same signaling as the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter, or may be sent in different signaling. The third power configuration parameter does not define one power configuration parameter, and may be a power configuration parameter set composed of multiple power configuration parameters.
第二网络设备通过一条信令发送多个功率配置参数,可以减少信令的交互次数,且第一网络设备可以直接根据一条信令获得多个功率配置参数,方式较为简单。The second network device can send multiple power configuration parameters by using one signaling, which can reduce the number of signaling interactions, and the first network device can obtain multiple power configuration parameters directly according to one signaling, which is simple.
本发明实施例中,将波束标识/波束天线端口与功率比值绑定,可以在没有CRS时,根据解调参考信号如用户专用参考信号,或者波束参考信号,或者移动参考信号或者同步信号等其他参考信号来确定接收数据的功率,从而实现对数据的正确解调,提高解调性能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the beam identifier/beam antenna port is bound to the power ratio, and may be based on a demodulation reference signal, such as a user-specific reference signal, or a beam reference signal, or a mobile reference signal or a synchronization signal, etc., when there is no CRS. The reference signal determines the power of the received data, thereby achieving correct demodulation of the data and improving demodulation performance.
可选的,本发明实施例中的参考信号可以包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种,第一参考信号可以包括波束参考信号、移动参考信号和同步信号中的至少一种。功率配置参数中的功率比值可以包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal, where the first reference signal may include at least one of a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and a synchronization signal. . The power ratio in the power configuration parameter may include at least one of the following:
1)在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线 端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。1) the data power of the antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol and the antenna The ratio of the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of ports.
2)在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与第一参考信号的功率的比值。2) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
3)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。3) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
4)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值。4) The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol.
5)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与第一参考信号的功率的比值。5) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
具体的,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数的具体方式可以为:Specifically, the specific manner in which the second network device sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter to the first network device may be:
第二网络设备通过RRC信令或者MAC信令配置第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数,或者通过物理层信令向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数。The second network device configures the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter to the first network device by using physical layer signaling.
可选的,第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口;第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个码字对应;第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个传输层对应。Optionally, any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least one code Word correspondence; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set corresponds to at least one transport layer.
其中,天线端口集合与码字和/或传输层的对应关系可由第二网络设备在DCI信息中指示。或者为预定义的,也可以是RRC信令或者MAC信令或在物理层信令通知,本发明实施例不做限定。The correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in the DCI information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
可以理解的是,通过RRC信令,发送时间间隔可以比较长,可以半静态的配置功率配置参数,适用于变化慢的场景,减小信令开销。DCI信令,可以实现动态的配置,适用于变化快的场景,信令开销需要进一步考虑。因此,也可通过两级的指示,可以预先配置多个信令,具体使用时再进一步指示,是一种前两者折中的一种实现方式,配置的间隔和信令的开销适中。第一级可以采用RRC信令或者MAC信令或者物理层信令,第二级也可以采用RRC信令或者MAC信令或者物理层信令,两级可以采用相同或者不同类型的信令,或者其他信令,本发明实施例不做限定。It can be understood that, by using the RRC signaling, the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead. The DCI signaling can implement dynamic configuration and is applicable to scenarios with fast changes. The signaling overhead needs to be further considered. Therefore, multiple signalings can be configured in advance by using two levels of indications, and further indications are used in the case of specific use, which is an implementation of the first two, and the configured interval and signaling overhead are moderate. The first level may adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the second level may also adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the two levels may use the same or different types of signaling, or The other signaling is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
进一步的,针对不同的码字进行不同的功率配置,可以提高码字的解码性能。一个码字内可以设置相同的功率配置,减小信令开销。针对不同的传输层进行不同的功率配置,可以提高不同层的传输性能。针对天线端口集合配置不同的功率配置,一个天线端口集合包括多个天线端口时,可以减少信令的开销。Further, different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword. The same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead. Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers. Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
可选的,该方法还可以包括:Optionally, the method may further include:
第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息;或者,The second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; or
第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。 Any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, and the second network device sends the first network device to the first network device Information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier.
也即是说,每个功率配置参数可用唯一的功率配置标识指示,第一网络设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数或者功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。That is, each power configuration parameter may be indicated by a unique power configuration identifier, and the first network device may receive at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identifier sent by the second network device. Information relating to a power configuration parameter or a power configuration identifier.
其中,该信息可以与功率配置参数同一时间单位发送,也可以不同时间单位发送。The information may be sent in the same time unit as the power configuration parameter, or may be sent in different time units.
可选的,该方法还可以包括:Optionally, the method may further include:
第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息,以及接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息。The second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, and the codeword, and the beam identifier, and receiving the identifier for transmitting the second network device Information corresponding to the power configuration parameters.
或者,在第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识的情况下,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息,以及接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示波束标识与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Or, in a case where any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, the second network device is in the first Transmitting, by the network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier, and receiving, by the second network device, an indication between the beam identifier and the power configuration identifier Correspondence information.
其中,用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息与用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数或者功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可以在同一时间单位发送,也可以在不同时间单位发送,可以在同一条信令中发送,也可以分别在不同的信令中发送,例如通过RRC信令或者MAC信令配置,或者通过物理层信令发送。The information used to indicate the correspondence between the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter or the power configuration identifier may be The unit sends the packets at the same time. They can also be sent in different time units. They can be sent in the same signaling or in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or through physical layer signaling. send.
第二网络设备无需将每个功率配置参数都携带在信令中,只需设置用于指示每个功率配置参数的功率配置标识,在信令中携带功率配置标识即可。一般来说,功率配置标识可能比相应的功率配置参数的数据量小,这样可以减少信令携带的数据量。The second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier is carried in the signaling. In general, the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备针对不同的波束可以采用不同的功率进行数据的传输,因此不同的波束标识可以对应不同的功率配置参数,提高不同波束下的数据传输性能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device may use different powers to transmit data for different beams. Therefore, different beam identifiers may correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams.
此外,通过波束标识对应一组功率配置参数,在第二网络设备配置时,可以减少信令开销,在具体使用时指示相关的波束信息即可。In addition, the beam identification corresponds to a set of power configuration parameters, and when the second network device is configured, the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the relevant beam information can be indicated in specific use.
进一步的,不同的波束标识可以与码字,传输层,天线端口对应,即不同的码字或者传输层或天线端口可以是通过不同波束发送的,提高对应的码字,传输层,天线端口传输数据的性能。Further, the different beam identifiers may correspond to the codeword, the transport layer, and the antenna port, that is, different codewords or transport layers or antenna ports may be sent through different beams, and the corresponding codeword, transport layer, and antenna port are transmitted. The performance of the data.
本发明实施例第三方面公开了一种网络设备,可以包括接收模块和处理模块,用于执行第一方面所描述的功率配置方法。通过接收多个功率配置参数,并在接收来自天线端口集合的数据以及参考信号时,根据与该天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数和参考信号确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率,从而实现对接收数据的准确解调,提高数据传输性能。A third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a network device, which may include a receiving module and a processing module, for performing the power configuration method described in the first aspect. Receiving a plurality of power configuration parameters, and when receiving data from the antenna port set and the reference signal, determining power of data from the antenna port set according to power configuration parameters and reference signals corresponding to the antenna port set, thereby implementing Accurate demodulation of received data to improve data transmission performance.
本发明实施例第四方面公开了另一种网络设备,可以包括处理器、收发器和存储器,其中:处理器、收发器和存储器之间相互连接;收发器受处理器的控制用于收发消息;存储器用于存储一组程序代码,处理器用于调用存储器中存储的程序代码执行上述第一方面公开的功率配置方法。通过接收多个功率配置参数,并在接收来自天线端口集合的数据以及参考信号时,根据与该天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数和参考 信号确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率,从而实现对接收数据的准确解调,提高数据传输性能。A fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses another network device, which may include a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, wherein: the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are connected to each other; and the transceiver is controlled by the processor for transmitting and receiving messages. The memory is for storing a set of program code, and the processor is configured to call the program code stored in the memory to execute the power configuration method disclosed in the first aspect above. By receiving a plurality of power configuration parameters and receiving data from the antenna port set and the reference signal, according to power configuration parameters and references corresponding to the antenna port set The signal determines the power of the data from the set of antenna ports, thereby enabling accurate demodulation of the received data and improving data transmission performance.
本发明实施例第五方面公开了又一种网络设备,可以包括发送模块,用于执行第二方面所描述的功率配置方法。通过发送多个功率配置参数,使得接收端在接收来自天线端口集合的数据以及参考信号时,可以根据与该天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数和参考信号确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率,从而实现对接收数据的准确解调,提高数据传输性能。A fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a network device, which may include a sending module, configured to perform the power configuration method described in the second aspect. By transmitting a plurality of power configuration parameters, when receiving the data from the antenna port set and the reference signal, the receiving end may determine the power of the data from the antenna port set according to the power configuration parameter and the reference signal corresponding to the antenna port set. Thereby, accurate demodulation of the received data is realized, and data transmission performance is improved.
本发明实施例第六方面公开了又一种网络设备,可以包括处理器、收发器和存储器,其中:处理器、收发器和存储器之间相互连接;收发器受处理器的控制用于收发消息;存储器用于存储一组程序代码,处理器用于调用存储器中存储的程序代码执行上述第二方面公开的功率配置方法。通过发送多个功率配置参数,使得接收端在接收来自天线端口集合的数据以及参考信号时,可以根据与该天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数和参考信号确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率,从而实现对接收数据的准确解调,提高数据传输性能。A sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention discloses a network device, which may include a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, wherein: the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are connected to each other; and the transceiver is controlled by the processor to send and receive messages. The memory is for storing a set of program code, and the processor is configured to call the program code stored in the memory to execute the power configuration method disclosed in the second aspect above. By transmitting a plurality of power configuration parameters, when receiving the data from the antenna port set and the reference signal, the receiving end may determine the power of the data from the antenna port set according to the power configuration parameter and the reference signal corresponding to the antenna port set. Thereby, accurate demodulation of the received data is realized, and data transmission performance is improved.
实施本发明实施例,具有如下有益效果:Embodiments of the present invention have the following beneficial effects:
本发明实施例中,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的两个功率配置参数,并在接收到参考信号和来自多个天线端口集合的数据时,可以分别根据天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数和参考信号确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率,从而可以根据获取的功率分别对相应的天线端口集合发送的数据进行解调,提高对多个天线端口集合的数据进行解调的准确度,提升数据传输性能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first network device receives two power configuration parameters sent by the second network device, and when receiving the reference signal and the data from the multiple antenna port sets, respectively, according to the power configuration corresponding to the antenna port set The parameter and the reference signal determine the power of the data from the antenna port set, so that the data sent by the corresponding antenna port set can be demodulated according to the acquired power, thereby improving the accuracy of demodulating the data of the multiple antenna port sets. Improve data transmission performance.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly described below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present invention. Other drawings may also be obtained from those of ordinary skill in the art in light of the inventive work.
图1是本发明实施例公开的一种多天线站点协同传输的场景示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for cooperative transmission of multiple antenna stations according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图2是本发明实施例公开的一种功率配置方法的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3是本发明实施例公开的另一种功率配置方法的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4是本发明实施例公开的又一种功率配置方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flow chart of still another power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5是本发明实施例公开的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6是本发明实施例公开的另一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7是本发明实施例公开的又一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8是本发明实施例公开的又一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面结合说明书附图,对本发明实施例作详细描述。 The embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本文中描述的技术可用于各种通信系统,例如5G或下一代通信系统,例如全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile communications,GSM),码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统,时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)系统,宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless,WCDMA),频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Addressing,FDMA)系统,正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)系统,单载波频分多址(SC-FDMA)系统,通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)系统,以及其他此类通信系统。The techniques described herein can be used in various communication systems, such as 5G or next generation communication systems, such as Global System for Mobile communications (GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) systems, time divisions. Multiple Division Multiple Access (TDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless (WCDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Addressing (FDMA) system, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (Orthogonal) Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system, Single-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) system, and other such communication systems.
本发明实施例主要场景以现有的多点协作传输/接收(Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission/Reception,CoMP)为背景,将现有的MIMO技术(包括提高传输可靠性的分集技术和提高传输数据速率的多流技术)与协同多点传输结合起来,以更好地服务用户。The main scenario of the embodiment of the present invention is based on the existing Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission/Reception (CoMP), and the existing MIMO technology (including the diversity technology for improving transmission reliability and the data transmission rate). Multi-streaming technology is combined with coordinated multi-point transmission to better serve users.
本发明实施例也可以是以单点传输,传输点有多个面板的场景,或者是多点协作传输,传输点有单面板或者多面板的场景,或者是单点传输,传输点有多个天线的场景。The embodiment of the present invention may also be a single point transmission, a scene with multiple panels at a transmission point, or a coordinated multi-point transmission, a single-panel or multi-panel transmission point, or a single-point transmission, and multiple transmission points. Antenna scene.
本发明实施例对于同构网络与异构网络的场景均适用,同时对于传输点的类型也不作限制,例如,可以应用于宏基站与宏基站、微基站与微基站和宏基站与微基站间的多点协同传输。The embodiments of the present invention are applicable to scenarios of a homogeneous network and a heterogeneous network, and are not limited to the types of transmission points, for example, can be applied to a macro base station and a macro base station, a micro base station and a micro base station, and between a macro base station and a micro base station. Multi-point coordinated transmission.
本发明实施例可以应用于时分双工(Time Division Duplexing,TDD)系统中,也可以用于频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing,FDD)系统中,既可以用于单载波系统,也可以用于多载波系统,以及高频(高于6GHz频段)或低频(低于6GHz频段)通信系统。The embodiments of the present invention can be applied to a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system, and can also be used in a Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) system, which can be used in a single carrier system or in a single carrier system. Multi-carrier systems, as well as high-frequency (above 6GHz band) or low-frequency (below 6GHz band) communication systems.
以下,对本发明实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some of the terms in the embodiments of the present invention will be explained to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
终端设备:是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备具体可以包括UE、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、用户单元(Subscriber Unit)、用户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point,AP)、远程终端设备(Remote Terminal)、接入终端设备(Access Terminal)、用户终端设备(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、或用户装备(User Device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。例如,个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等设备。Terminal device: A device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, and may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a Radio Access Network (RAN) to exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal device may specifically include a UE, a wireless terminal device, a mobile terminal device, a Subscriber Unit, a Subscriber Station, a Mobile Station, a Mobile Station, a Remote Station, and a Remote Station. Access Point (AP), Remote Terminal, Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, etc. . For example, it may include a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal device, a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs), etc. .
网络设备:是指接入网中在空口上通过一个或多个扇区与终端设备通信的设备,可以为基站,如接入点。其中,基站可用于将接收到的空中帧与互联网协议(Internet Protocol,IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。基站可 以是无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)或基站控制器(Base Station Controller,BSC),或者也可以是演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,NodeB、eNB或e-NodeB),本发明实施例不做限定。Network equipment: refers to a device in an access network that communicates with a terminal device through one or more sectors on an air interface, and may be a base station, such as an access point. The base station may be configured to convert the received air frame into an Internet Protocol (IP) packet, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, wherein the rest of the access network may include an IP. The internet. The base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. Base station can Either a Radio Network Controller (RNC) or a Base Station Controller (BSC), or an evolved base station (evolutional Node) in an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) B, NodeB, eNB or e-NodeB), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
多点协作传输(Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission/Reception,CoMP):地理位置上分离的多个传输点,协同参与为一个终端设备传输数据,例如通过物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)向终端设备传输数据,或者可以联合接收一个终端设备发送的数据,例如可以通过物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)接收终端设备发送的数据。Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission/Reception (CoMP): A plurality of transmission points separated geographically, and cooperatively participate in transmitting data for one terminal device, for example, through a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) to a terminal. The device transmits data, or can jointly receive data sent by a terminal device. For example, the data sent by the terminal device can be received through a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
多点SFBC传输:分布的两个或者多个传输点的天线采用SFBC的方式传输信号。Multi-point SFBC transmission: The antennas of two or more transmission points distributed transmit signals in SFBC mode.
多点多流传输:分布的两个或者多个传输点独立进行预编码,发送不同的数据流,不同的码块。在CoMP中联合传输,不同的传输点向同一终端设备传输的是相同的数据流。Multi-point multi-stream transmission: two or more transmission points of the distribution are independently pre-coded to transmit different data streams and different code blocks. Joint transmission in CoMP, different transmission points transmit the same data stream to the same terminal device.
多面板结构:每个传输点可以有多个面板,面板可以是均匀排列或者非均匀排列或者其他形式。例如,一个传输点可以有4个面板,天线端口port可以是一个面板的天线阵子形成的,也可以是多个面板上的天线阵子形成的。Multi-panel structure: Each transmission point can have multiple panels, and the panels can be evenly arranged or non-uniformly arranged or other forms. For example, a transmission point may have four panels, and the antenna port port may be formed by an antenna array of a panel, or may be formed by an antenna array on a plurality of panels.
MIMO技术:指在发射端和接收端分别使用多个发射天线和接收天线,使信号通过发射端与接收端的多个天线传送和接收,从而改善通信质量的技术。也可以成为多天线技术,可以通过空间分集提升系统可靠性、空间复用提升系统容量、波束赋形提升小区覆盖。MIMO technology: refers to a technique that uses multiple transmit and receive antennas at the transmitting end and the receiving end to transmit and receive signals through multiple antennas at the transmitting end and the receiving end, thereby improving communication quality. It can also be a multi-antenna technology, which can improve system reliability, spatial multiplexing, system capacity, and beamforming to enhance cell coverage through spatial diversity.
传输点:是指可以向终端设备传输数据的设备。在本发明实施例中,一个传输点可以认为是一个天线端口集合,一个天线端口集合也可以包括多个传输点的port,本发明实施例不做限定。这里的天线端口集合可以是硬件概念,或者也可以是逻辑概念。其中,一个天线端口集合可以包括至少一个port。例如传输点可以是基站,一个天线端口集合对应一个基站,那么不同的基站可以看作不同的传输点;或者传输点可以是小区,一个天线端口集合对应一个小区,那么不同的小区可以看作不同的传输点;或者一个小区也可以包括多个传输点,一个小区包括多个天线端口集合。例如一个小区的覆盖范围内可以部署多个室内基带处理单元(Building Base band Unit,BBU)+远端射频单元(Remote Radio Unit,RRU),每组BBU+RRU对应的天线端口集合都可以看作一个传输点,等等,本发明实施例对于传输点的概念不作限制,只要每个传输点可以单独向终端设备传输数据即可。Transmission point: A device that can transmit data to a terminal device. In the embodiment of the present invention, a transmission point may be considered as a set of antenna ports, and a set of antenna ports may also include a port of multiple transmission points, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. The set of antenna ports here can be a hardware concept or a logical concept. Wherein, one antenna port set may include at least one port. For example, the transmission point may be a base station, and one antenna port set corresponds to one base station, then different base stations may be regarded as different transmission points; or the transmission point may be a cell, and one antenna port set corresponds to one cell, then different cells may be regarded as different Transmission point; or a cell may also include multiple transmission points, and one cell includes multiple antenna port sets. For example, a plurality of indoor baseband processing units (BBUs) and remote radio units (RRUs) can be deployed in the coverage of a cell, and the set of antenna ports corresponding to each group of BBU+RRUs can be regarded as A transmission point, and the like, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the concept of a transmission point, as long as each transmission point can separately transmit data to the terminal device.
对于同一个传输点来说,在不同的时刻采用的功率配置参数可以相同,也可以不同。另外,同一个小区若包括多个传输点,这个小区可对应一个功率配置参数,也可对应多个功率配置参数。For the same transmission point, the power configuration parameters used at different times may be the same or different. In addition, if the same cell includes multiple transmission points, the cell may correspond to one power configuration parameter, and may also correspond to multiple power configuration parameters.
功率配置参数:一组功率配置参数可以对应一个天线端口集合,即天线端口集合的功率配置参数可以用于确定该天线端口集合对应的数据的功率。不同的天线端口集合可以对应同一组功率配置参数,也可以对应不同的功率配置参数。Power configuration parameters: A set of power configuration parameters may correspond to a set of antenna ports, that is, a power configuration parameter of an antenna port set may be used to determine the power of data corresponding to the antenna port set. Different antenna port sets may correspond to the same set of power configuration parameters, and may also correspond to different power configuration parameters.
第一网络设备:可以包括普通的终端设备,或者也可以包括承担中继任务的终端设备,或者还可以包括基站,本发明实施例不做限定。The first network device may include a common terminal device, or may also include a terminal device that is responsible for the relay task, or may also include a base station, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
第二网络设备:可以包括基站,或者也可以包括普通的终端设备,或者还可以包 括承担中继任务的终端设备,本发明实施例不做限定。The second network device may include a base station, or may also include a common terminal device, or may also include The terminal device that bears the relay task is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
其中,第一网络设备的类型和第二网络设备的类型可以相同,或者也可以不同。例如在设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)场景下,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以均为基站,或者可以均为终端设备,或者也可以有其他可能的设置方式。The type of the first network device and the type of the second network device may be the same or may be different. For example, in a device-to-device (D2D) scenario, the first network device and the second network device may both be base stations, or may be terminal devices, or may have other possible settings.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备为传输点(如基站)时,第一网络设备可以为终端设备,也可以为传输点(如基站);第二网络设备为终端设备时,第一网络设备可以为终端设备,也可以为传输点(如基站),本发明实施例不做限定。也就是说,第一网络设备接收的数据可以是上行数据,也可以是下行数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the second network device is a transmission point (such as a base station), the first network device may be a terminal device, or may be a transmission point (such as a base station); when the second network device is a terminal device, the first network is used. The device may be a terminal device or a transmission point (such as a base station), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. That is to say, the data received by the first network device may be uplink data or downlink data.
数据:可以是指下行数据,即传输点通过与终端设备之间的下行数据信道向终端设备发送的数据,如PDSCH数据;也可以是指上行数据,即终端设备通过与传输点之间的上行数据信道向传输点上报的数据,如PUSCH数据。Data: can refer to downlink data, that is, data transmitted by the transmission point to the terminal device through the downlink data channel between the terminal device, such as PDSCH data; or uplink data, that is, the uplink between the terminal device and the transmission point Data reported by the data channel to the transmission point, such as PUSCH data.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用,“小区”和“载波”可被互换使用,以及“数据流数”和“传输层数”的概念可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者一个以上,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be noted that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present invention may be used interchangeably, and "cell" and "carrier" may be used interchangeably, and "number of data streams" and "number of transmission layers" The concepts can be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "and/or", describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
为了更好的理解本发明实施例公开的一种功率配置方法及相关设备,下面先对本发明实施例适用的应用场景进行描述。请参阅图1,图1是本发明实施例公开的一种多天线站点协同传输的场景示意图。在图1所示的场景中,左边的环表示小区1的覆盖范围,其包括两个传输点,例如图1所示的传输点1和传输点2,右边的环表示小区2的覆盖范围,也包括两个传输点,例如图1所示的传输点3和传输点4。其中,传输点1、传输点2、传输点3以及传输点4均参与为终端设备进行协同传输。For a better understanding of a power configuration method and related device disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention, the application scenarios applicable to the embodiments of the present invention are described below. Please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for cooperative transmission of multiple antenna stations according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the scenario shown in FIG. 1, the ring on the left represents the coverage of cell 1, which includes two transmission points, such as transmission point 1 and transmission point 2 shown in FIG. 1, and the ring on the right side indicates the coverage of cell 2. Also included are two transmission points, such as transmission point 3 and transmission point 4 as shown in FIG. Among them, the transmission point 1, the transmission point 2, the transmission point 3, and the transmission point 4 all participate in cooperative transmission for the terminal device.
在图1所示的场景中,终端设备接收到传输点1、传输点2、传输点3以及传输点4分别发送的下行数据后,可以分别根据每个传输点的功率配置参数以及参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)的功率计算该传输点上数据的功率。In the scenario shown in FIG. 1 , after receiving the downlink data sent by the transmission point 1, the transmission point 2, the transmission point 3, and the transmission point 4 respectively, the terminal device may separately configure parameters and reference signals according to the power of each transmission point ( The power of Reference Signal, RS) calculates the power of the data at the transmission point.
其中,参考信号可以为解调参考信号,用于对数据进行解调的参考信号,如用户专用参考信号(UE-specific RS);也可以为波束参考信号(Beam Reference Signal,BRS),即与波束beam相关的参考信号,比如传输点会根据一个或者多个波束,发送一个或者多个信号,在信号发送之前可以进行预编码或者模拟波束成型等,比如说同步信号,广播信号,波束信号等;还可以为移动参考信号(Mobility Reference Signal,MRS),即用于进行终端设备的波束跟踪或者位置跟踪的参考信号;还可以为同步信号,即用于传输点与终端设备之间在时域和/或频域上进行同步的信号,例如LTE系统中的主同步信号和/或辅同步信号,也可以用其他的方式表征,本发明实施例不做限定。The reference signal may be a demodulation reference signal, a reference signal for demodulating the data, such as a user-specific reference signal (UE-specific RS), or a beam reference signal (Bam Reference Signal, BRS), that is, A beam beam-related reference signal, such as a transmission point, transmits one or more signals according to one or more beams, and may perform precoding or analog beamforming before the signal is transmitted, such as a synchronization signal, a broadcast signal, a beam signal, etc. ; can also be a Mobility Reference Signal (MRS), that is, a reference signal for performing beam tracking or position tracking of the terminal device; or a synchronization signal, that is, used in the time domain between the transmission point and the terminal device; The signal that is synchronized in the frequency domain and/or the primary synchronization signal and/or the secondary synchronization signal in the LTE system may also be characterized in other manners, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
一个波束是由一个或多个(逻辑)天线组成,通过基带的预编码矩阵或射频端的移相形成各(逻辑)天线的权值,称为是一个波束。A beam consists of one or more (logical) antennas. The weight of each (logical) antenna is formed by the precoding matrix of the baseband or the phase shift of the RF end, which is called a beam.
BRS可以用天线端口、时频资源、或者波束的编号的一个或者多个进行表征,也可以用其他的方式表征,本发明实施例不做限定。 The BRS may be characterized by one or more of the antenna port, the time-frequency resource, or the number of the beam, or may be characterized in other manners, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
请参阅图2,图2是本发明实施例公开的一种功率配置方法的流程示意图。如图2所示,该功率配置方法可以包括以下步骤:Referring to FIG. 2, FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the power configuration method may include the following steps:
201、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送功率配置参数、参考信号和数据。201. The second network device sends power configuration parameters, reference signals, and data to the first network device.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送的功率配置参数为一个。功率配置参数与天线端口集合对应,即功率配置参数用于确定与之对应的天线端口集合发送数据的功率。每个天线端口集合可以包括一个天线端口,也可以包括多个天线端口。也就是说,多个天线端口可以共用一个功率配置参数,也可以分别使用一个功率配置参数。In the embodiment of the present invention, the power configuration parameter sent by the second network device to the first network device is one. The power configuration parameter corresponds to the antenna port set, that is, the power configuration parameter is used to determine the power of the antenna port set transmission data corresponding thereto. Each antenna port set may include one antenna port or multiple antenna ports. That is to say, multiple antenna ports can share one power configuration parameter, or one power configuration parameter can be used separately.
可选的,如果所有的天线端口集合共用一个功率配置参数,那么第二网络设备可以不向第一网络设备发送该功率配置参数,第二网络设备可以通过预定义的方式,例如协议规定,得到功率配置参数,从而确定接收数据的功率。Optionally, if all the antenna port sets share one power configuration parameter, the second network device may not send the power configuration parameter to the first network device, and the second network device may obtain, by using a predefined manner, for example, a protocol. Power configuration parameters to determine the power of the received data.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备发送功率配置参数、参考信号以及数据,可以是同一时间单位发送的,也可以不同时间单位发送的,本发明实施例不做限定。时间单位可以是以子帧、帧、时隙、微时隙等划分时间粒度的时间单位。功率配置参数可以是定期更新的。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device sends the power configuration parameter, the reference signal, and the data, which may be sent in the same time unit, or may be sent in different time units, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. The time unit may be a time unit of time granularity divided by subframes, frames, time slots, mini-slots, and the like. Power configuration parameters can be updated periodically.
其中,功率配置参数可以包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。参考信号可以是解调参考信号、BRS、MRS和同步信号中的至少一种。The power configuration parameter may include at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio. The reference signal may be at least one of a demodulation reference signal, a BRS, an MRS, and a synchronization signal.
202、第一网络设备接收功率配置参数、参考信号和数据,并根据功率配置参数和参考信号确定接收数据的功率。202. The first network device receives the power configuration parameter, the reference signal, and the data, and determines the power of the received data according to the power configuration parameter and the reference signal.
本发明实施例中,第一网络设备可以根据天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数以及参考信号(具体是参考信号的功率)计算来自该天线端口集合数据的功率。其中,参考信号的功率可以是第二网络设备直接告知的,也可以是第一网络设备通过测量得到的。例如,基站会提前发送BRS,终端设备通过接收BRS获得功率情况,后续基站只要通知功率比值信息即可。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first network device may calculate the power from the antenna port set data according to the power configuration parameter corresponding to the antenna port set and the reference signal (specifically, the power of the reference signal). The power of the reference signal may be directly notified by the second network device, or may be obtained by the first network device by measurement. For example, the base station sends the BRS in advance, and the terminal device obtains the power condition by receiving the BRS, and the subsequent base station only needs to notify the power ratio information.
现有技术中的数据功率依赖于CRS的功率。而且当前针对同一时刻的PDSCH的传输所有的天线端口的功率是相同的。而在5G通信中,没有CRS,通过这种方式确定数据功率不满足在多点协作或者5G通信中多面板传输的情况下的需求。本发明实施例可以根据配置的功率配置参数以及其他参考信号确定接收数据的功率,进而接收数据,提高数据的传输性能。比如其他port/beam发送的参考信号(如解调参考信号、BRS、MRS),或者其他信道,如同步信道,或者相同port/beam发送的其他参考信号。The data power in the prior art depends on the power of the CRS. Moreover, the power of all antenna ports currently transmitted for the PDSCH at the same time is the same. In the 5G communication, there is no CRS, and in this way, it is determined that the data power does not satisfy the demand in the case of multi-panel transmission in multi-point cooperation or 5G communication. The embodiment of the invention can determine the power of the received data according to the configured power configuration parameters and other reference signals, thereby receiving data and improving the data transmission performance. For example, other port/beam transmission reference signals (such as demodulation reference signals, BRS, MRS), or other channels, such as synchronization channels, or other reference signals sent by the same port/beam.
可见,在图2所描述的方法中,第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送一个功率配置参数,以及发送对应天线端口集合的参考信号和数据,第一网络设备从而根据该功率配置参数以及参考信号的功率确定接收数据的功率,实现对该数据的解调,提高解调准确度。It can be seen that, in the method described in FIG. 2, the second network device can send a power configuration parameter to the first network device, and send a reference signal and data corresponding to the antenna port set, and the first network device is accordingly configured according to the power configuration parameter and The power of the reference signal determines the power of the received data, realizing demodulation of the data, and improving the demodulation accuracy.
请参阅图3,图3是本发明实施例公开的另一种功率配置方法的流程示意图。如图3所示,该功率配置方法可以包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 3. FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the power configuration method may include the following steps:
301、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数。 301. The second network device sends a first power configuration parameter and a second power configuration parameter to the first network device.
具体的,第二网络设备可以通过RRC信令或MAC信令配置第一功率配置参数以及第二功率配置参数,也可以通过物理层信令向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数以及第二功率配置参数。其中,第二网络设备也可以通过其他可能的信令发送功率配置参数。Specifically, the second network device may configure the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or may send the first power configuration parameter to the first network device by using physical layer signaling, and the second Power configuration parameters. The second network device may also send power configuration parameters by other possible signaling.
本发明实施例中,第一功率配置参数对应第一天线端口集合,第二功率配置参数对应第二天线端口集合,第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数可以相同也可以不同。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first power configuration parameter corresponds to the first antenna port set, and the second power configuration parameter corresponds to the second antenna port set, and the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter may be the same or different.
其中,第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数可以承载在一条RRC信令或者MAC信令配置给第一网络设备,或者承载在一条物理层信令发送给第一网络设备,也可以承载在不同的RRC信令或者MAC信令配置给第一网络设备,或者承载在不同的物理层信令发送给第一网络设备,本发明实施例不做限定。The first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter may be carried in a RRC signaling or MAC signaling configuration to the first network device, or may be carried in a physical layer signaling to the first network device, or may be carried in Different RRC signaling or MAC signaling is configured to the first network device, or the bearer is sent to the first network device by using different physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
302、第一网络设备接收第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数。302. The first network device receives the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter.
303、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送参考信号和数据。303. The second network device sends the reference signal and the data to the first network device.
本发明实施例中,参考信号可以包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号以及第二天线端口集合的参考信号。该数据可以包括来自第一天线端口集合的数据,以及来自第二天线端口集合的数据。第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合可以属于不同的小区,也可以属于同一小区。第一天线端口集合和/或第二天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口。In this embodiment of the present invention, the reference signal may include a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a reference signal of the second antenna port set. The data can include data from a first set of antenna ports, as well as data from a second set of antenna ports. The first antenna port set and the second antenna port set may belong to different cells or may belong to the same cell. The first set of antenna ports and/or the second set of antenna ports includes at least one antenna port.
可选的,第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合可以属于不同的基站。例如在单链接的情况下,第一天线端口集合属于基站1,第二天线端口集合属于基站2。例如在双链接的情况下,第一天线端口集合属于基站1,第二天线端口集合属于基站2,且第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合例如一起为终端设备进行协作传输,在这种情况下,如果一个天线端口集合为一个小区,那么第一天线端口集合可以看作第二天线端口集合的协作小区,第二天线端口集合也可看作第一天线端口集合的协作小区。Optionally, the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set may belong to different base stations. For example, in the case of a single link, the first set of antenna ports belongs to base station 1 and the second set of antenna ports belongs to base station 2. For example, in the case of a dual link, the first antenna port set belongs to the base station 1, the second antenna port set belongs to the base station 2, and the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set are, for example, together for the terminal device to perform cooperative transmission. In this case, if one antenna port is aggregated into one cell, the first antenna port set can be regarded as a coordinated cell of the second antenna port set, and the second antenna port set can also be regarded as a coordinated cell of the first antenna port set.
可选的,第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合可以属于同一基站。例如在单链接的情况下,第一天线端口集合属于基站1,第二天线端口集合也属于基站1。例如在双链接的情况下,第一天线端口集合属于基站1,第二天线端口集合也属于基站1,且第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合例如一起为终端设备进行协作传输。在这种情况下,如果一个天线端口集合为一个小区,那么第一天线端口集合可以看作第二天线端口集合的协作小区,第二天线端口集合也可看作第一天线端口集合的协作小区。Optionally, the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set may belong to the same base station. For example, in the case of a single link, the first set of antenna ports belongs to base station 1, and the second set of antenna ports also belongs to base station 1. For example, in the case of a dual link, the first antenna port set belongs to the base station 1, the second antenna port set also belongs to the base station 1, and the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set are, for example, together for the terminal device to perform cooperative transmission. In this case, if one antenna port is aggregated into one cell, the first antenna port set can be regarded as a coordinated cell of the second antenna port set, and the second antenna port set can also be regarded as a coordinated cell of the first antenna port set. .
可选的,该参考信号包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种,第一参考信号包括BRS、MRS和同步信号中的至少一种。其中,该参考信号具体包括的参考信号的类型可以由协议预先设置的,也可以由第二网络设备根据需求进行选择的,本发明实施例不做限定。Optionally, the reference signal includes at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal, where the first reference signal includes at least one of a BRS, an MRS, and a synchronization signal. The type of the reference signal that is specifically included in the reference signal may be preset by a protocol, or may be selected by the second network device according to requirements, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是,第一参考信号可以不限定于上述参考信号,还可以包括其他信号,本发明实施例不做限定。It should be noted that the first reference signal may not be limited to the foregoing reference signal, and may also include other signals, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
可选的,任意功率配置参数可以包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。其中,该功率比值可以包括以下至少一种:Optionally, any power configuration parameter may include at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio. Wherein, the power ratio may include at least one of the following:
1)在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。 1) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
2)在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与BRS和/或MRS和/或同步信号的功率的比值。2) The ratio of the data power of the antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the BRS and/or MRS and/or the synchronization signal.
3)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。3) A ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
4)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值。4) The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol.
5)在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与BRS和/或MRS和/或同步信号的功率的比值。5) The ratio of the data power of the antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the BRS and/or MRS and/or the synchronization signal.
需要说明的是,第二网络设备可以预先为每个波束天线端口配置波束标识以及功率比值,并将这三个信息绑定。第二网络设备只需告知第一网络设备波束标识、波束天线端口和功率比值中的任意一个信息,即可获知其他的信息。或者波束天线端口、波束标识、功率比值中的一项或者多项可以是预定义的。It should be noted that the second network device may configure a beam identifier and a power ratio for each beam antenna port in advance, and bind the three information. The second network device only needs to inform any information of the first network device beam identifier, beam antenna port and power ratio to obtain other information. Or one or more of the beam antenna port, beam identification, power ratio may be predefined.
304、第一网络设备接收参考信号和数据。304. The first network device receives the reference signal and the data.
305、第一网络设备根据第一功率配置参数和第一天线端口集合的参考信号确定接收数据的第一功率,以及根据第二功率配置参数和第二天线端口集合的参考信号确定接收数据的第二功率。305. The first network device determines, according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, a first power of the received data, and determines, according to the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, the received data. Two power.
本发明实施例中,第一网络设备在接收到第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数、第一天线端口集合的参考信号、第二天线端口集合的参考信号,来自第一天线端口集合的数据以及来自第二天线端口集合的数据后,可以根据第一功率配置参数和第一天线端口集合的参考信号确定第一天线端口集合对应的数据(即,来自第一天线端口集合的数据)的第一功率,以及根据第二功率配置参数和第二天线端口集合的参考信号确定第二天线端口集合对应的数据(即,来自第二天线端口集合的数据)的第二功率。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first network device receives the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, the reference signal of the first antenna port set, and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, from the first antenna port set. After the data and the data from the second antenna port set, the data corresponding to the first antenna port set (ie, the data from the first antenna port set) may be determined according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set. a first power, and determining a second power of data corresponding to the second set of antenna ports (ie, data from the second set of antenna ports) based on the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second set of antenna ports.
也就是说,对于来自解调参考信号天线端口的数据,在有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上,来自该天线端口的数据的功率根据该天线端口上的解调参考信号确定。比如功率比值为Pa,可以为0dB或者-3dB或者其他数值,该功率比值可以是预定义的,或者是第二网络设备告知第一网络设备的。第一网络设备可以根据协议或者根据接收到的功率比值,再根据该天线端口上的解调参考信号的功率,即可获知在有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上,来自该天线端口的数据的功率,进而对数据进行解码解调,实现数据的接收。That is, for data from the demodulation reference signal antenna port, on the demodulation reference signal symbol having the antenna port, the power of the data from the antenna port is determined based on the demodulation reference signal on the antenna port. For example, the power ratio is Pa, which may be 0 dB or -3 dB or other values, which may be predefined, or the second network device notifies the first network device. The first network device may learn, according to the protocol or according to the received power ratio, the power of the demodulation reference signal on the antenna port, on the demodulation reference signal symbol having the antenna port, from the antenna port. The power of the data, in turn, the data is decoded and demodulated to achieve data reception.
对于来自解调参考信号天线端口的数据,在没有解调参考信号符号上的数据的功率,分如下三种情况:For the data from the demodulation reference signal antenna port, the power of the data on the demodulation reference signal symbol is not divided into the following three cases:
(1)在没有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上,来自该天线端口的数据的功率根据该天线端口上的解调参考信号的功率确定。比如功率比值为Pb,可以是预定义的,或者是第二网络设备告知第一网络设备的。第一网络设备可以根据协议或者根据接收到的功率比值,再根据该天线端口上的解调参考信号的功率,即可获知在没有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上,来自该天线端口的数据的功率,进而对数据进行解码解调,实现数据的接收。(1) On the demodulation reference signal symbol without the antenna port, the power of the data from the antenna port is determined according to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the antenna port. For example, the power ratio is Pb, which may be predefined, or the second network device informs the first network device. The first network device may learn, according to the protocol or according to the received power ratio, the power of the demodulation reference signal on the antenna port, on the demodulation reference signal symbol without the antenna port, from the antenna port. The power of the data, in turn, the data is decoded and demodulated to achieve data reception.
(2)在没有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上,来自该天线端口的数据的功率根据在有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上的来自该天线端口的数据的功率确定。比如 功率比值为Pc,可以是预定义的,或者是第二网络设备告知第一网络设备的。第一网络设备可以根据协议或者根据接收到的功率比值,再根据在有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上的数据的功率,即可获知在没有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上,来自该天线端口的数据的功率,进而对数据进行解码解调,实现数据的接收。(2) On the demodulation reference signal symbol without the antenna port, the power of the data from the antenna port is determined based on the power of the data from the antenna port on the demodulation reference signal symbol having the antenna port. For example The power ratio is Pc, which may be predefined, or the second network device informs the first network device. The first network device may learn, according to the protocol or according to the received power ratio, based on the power of the data on the demodulation reference signal symbol of the antenna port, on the demodulation reference signal symbol without the antenna port, The power of the data from the antenna port, in turn, decodes and demodulates the data to achieve data reception.
(3)来自每个天线端口的数据根据其他的参考信号的功率确定。比如其他port/beam发送的参考信号,如BRS、MRS,同步信号等等。或者相同port/beam发送的其他参考信号。比如功率比值为pd,可以是预定义的,或者是第二网络设备告知第一网络设备的。第一网络设备可以根据协议或者根据接收到的功率比值,再根据其他参考信号port/beam上的参考信号的功率,即可获知在没有该天线端口的解调参考信号符号上,来自该天线端口的数据的功率,进而对数据进行解码解调,实现数据的接收。(3) The data from each antenna port is determined based on the power of other reference signals. For example, other port/beam transmission reference signals, such as BRS, MRS, synchronization signals, and so on. Or other reference signals sent by the same port/beam. For example, the power ratio is pd, which may be predefined, or the second network device informs the first network device. The first network device may learn, according to the protocol or according to the received power ratio, the power of the reference signal on the other reference signal port/beam, on the demodulation reference signal symbol without the antenna port, from the antenna port. The power of the data, in turn, the data is decoded and demodulated to achieve data reception.
可见,在图3所描述的方法中,第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送多个功率配置参数,以及发送对应天线端口集合的参考信号和数据,第一网络设备从而根据天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数以及参考信号的功率确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率,实现对该数据的解调,提高解调准确度。It can be seen that, in the method described in FIG. 3, the second network device can send multiple power configuration parameters to the first network device, and send reference signals and data corresponding to the antenna port set, and the first network device accordingly corresponds according to the antenna port set. The power configuration parameters and the power of the reference signal determine the power of the data from the set of antenna ports, enable demodulation of the data, and improve demodulation accuracy.
请参阅图4,图4是本发明实施例公开的又一种功率配置方法的流程示意图。如图4所示,该功率配置方法可以包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another power configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the power configuration method may include the following steps:
401、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数。401. The second network device sends, to the first network device, a first power configuration parameter, a second power configuration parameter, and a third power configuration parameter.
本发明实施例中,第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数可以通过同一RRC信令和/或MAC信令配置给第一网络设备,和/或通过同一物理层信令发送给第一网络设备,也可以通过不同的RRC信令和/或MAC信令配置给第一网络设备,和/或通过不同的物理层信令发送给第一网络设备。例如,如果一个天线端口集合视为一个小区,第二网络设备为基站,第一网络设备为终端设备,那么基站可以将服务小区的功率配置参数承载在一条RRC信令中配置给终端设备,以及将其他小区的功率配置参数承载在另外的RRC信令中配置给终端设备。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter may be configured to the first network device by using the same RRC signaling and/or MAC signaling, and/or through the same physical layer layer. The first network device may be configured to be sent to the first network device by using different RRC signaling and/or MAC signaling, and/or sent to the first network device by using different physical layer signaling. For example, if one antenna port set is regarded as one cell, the second network device is a base station, and the first network device is a terminal device, the base station may carry the power configuration parameter of the serving cell in a RRC signaling and configure it to the terminal device, and The power configuration parameters of other cells are carried in another RRC signaling and configured for the terminal device.
第二网络设备通过一条信令发送多个功率配置参数,可以减少信令的交互次数,且第一网络设备可以直接根据一条信令获得多个功率配置参数,方式较为简单。The second network device can send multiple power configuration parameters by using one signaling, which can reduce the number of signaling interactions, and the first network device can obtain multiple power configuration parameters directly according to one signaling, which is simple.
第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数可以同一时间单位发送,也可以不同时间单位发送,本发明实施例不做限定。The first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter may be sent in the same time unit, or may be sent in different time units, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例不限定只有三个功率配置参数,也即是说,第二网络设备可以预先发送多个功率配置参数给第一网络设备。还可以理解的是,第三功率配置参数不限定一个功率配置参数,可以是由多个功率配置参数组成的功率配置参数集合。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present invention does not limit only three power configuration parameters, that is, the second network device may send multiple power configuration parameters to the first network device in advance. It can also be understood that the third power configuration parameter does not define one power configuration parameter, and may be a power configuration parameter set composed of multiple power configuration parameters.
可选的,以第二网络设备为基站,第一网络设备为终端设备为例。如果多个功率配置参数对应的天线端口集合属于同一个基站,那么该基站可以直接获取多个功率配置参数并向终端设备发送多个功率配置参数;而如果多个功率配置参数对应的天线端口集合属于不同的基站,那么可以由同一个基站向终端设备发送多个功率配置参数, 例如可以由终端设备的服务小区所在的基站向终端设备发送多个功率配置参数;或者也可以分别由不同的基站向终端设备发送相应的功率配置参数,总共向终端设备发送多个功率配置参数即可。可选的,如果由同一个基站向终端设备发送多个功率配置参数,则向终端设备发送功率配置参数的基站需要事先从其他基站获取相应的功率配置参数。Optionally, the second network device is a base station, and the first network device is a terminal device. If the antenna port set corresponding to the multiple power configuration parameters belongs to the same base station, the base station may directly acquire multiple power configuration parameters and send multiple power configuration parameters to the terminal device; and if multiple power configuration parameters correspond to the antenna port set If they belong to different base stations, multiple power configuration parameters can be sent to the terminal device by the same base station. For example, a plurality of power configuration parameters may be sent by the base station where the serving cell of the terminal device is located to the terminal device; or corresponding power configuration parameters may be sent by the different base stations to the terminal device, and a total of multiple power configuration parameters are sent to the terminal device. can. Optionally, if multiple power configuration parameters are sent by the same base station to the terminal device, the base station that sends the power configuration parameter to the terminal device needs to obtain corresponding power configuration parameters from other base stations in advance.
例如,第一功率配置参数对应的第一天线端口集合属于基站1,第二功率配置参数对应的第二天线端口集合属于基站2,若由基站1向终端设备发送这两组功率配置参数,则基站1要向终端设备发送第一功率配置参数,那么基站1可以向基站2请求获得第二功率配置参数,如可以通过X2接口来获得,或者基站2也可以主动将第二功率配置参数发送给基站1。或者,也可以由基站1向终端设备发送第一功率配置参数,由基站2向终端设备发送第二功率配置参数。For example, the first antenna port set corresponding to the first power configuration parameter belongs to the base station 1, and the second antenna port set corresponding to the second power configuration parameter belongs to the base station 2. If the base station 1 sends the two sets of power configuration parameters to the terminal device, The base station 1 may send the first power configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the base station 1 may request the base station 2 to obtain the second power configuration parameter, for example, may be obtained through the X2 interface, or the base station 2 may also actively send the second power configuration parameter to the base station 2. Base station 1. Alternatively, the base station 1 may send the first power configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the base station 2 may send the second power configuration parameter to the terminal device.
可选的,如果将第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数承载在多条RRC信令和/或MAC信令中分别配置给终端设备,和/或承载在多条物理层信令中分别发送给终端设备,那么发送第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数的时间和顺序本发明实施例不做限定。Optionally, if the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter are respectively carried in multiple RRC signaling and/or MAC signaling, the terminal device is configured, and/or carried in multiple pieces. The physical layer signaling is separately sent to the terminal device, and the time and sequence of sending the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
402、第一网络设备接收第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数。402. The first network device receives the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter.
403、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送参考信号和数据。403. The second network device sends the reference signal and the data to the first network device.
其中,该参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号以及第二天线端口集合的参考信号。第一天线端口集合的参考信号的功率和第二天线端口集合的参考信号的功率可以相同,也可以不同,本发明实施例不做限定。The reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a reference signal of the second antenna port set. The power of the reference signal of the first antenna port set and the power of the reference signal of the second antenna port set may be the same or different, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
404、第一网络设备接收参考信号和数据。404. The first network device receives the reference signal and the data.
405、第一网络设备根据第一功率配置参数和第一天线端口集合的参考信号确定接收数据的第一功率,以及根据第二功率配置参数和第二天线端口集合的参考信号确定接收数据的第二功率。405. The first network device determines, according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, a first power of the received data, and determines, according to the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, the received data. Two power.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备可以预先向第一网络设备发送多个功率配置参数,每个功率配置参数与天线端口集合对应。第一网络设备在接收到来自其中几个天线端口集合的数据时,可以根据对应的功率配置参数以及参考信号确定来自该天线端口集合的数据的功率。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device may send multiple power configuration parameters to the first network device in advance, where each power configuration parameter corresponds to an antenna port set. When the first network device receives data from several antenna port sets thereof, the power of the data from the antenna port set may be determined according to the corresponding power configuration parameters and the reference signal.
可选的,每个天线端口集合至少与一个码字和/或传输层对应,即每个天线端口集合可用于传输至少一个码字,或者多个天线端口可用于传输一个码字,不同的天线端口集合可对应同一码字的不同传输层;一个码字可以对应一个传输层或者多个传输层的数据;每个天线端口集合也可以用于传输至少一个传输层的数据;或者多个天线端口集合也可以用于传输同一传输层的数据。比如在分集传输中,2个天线端口用于传输1个传输层的数据,此时2个天线端口可以传输1个传输层的数据的不同编码信息,比如almuta。Optionally, each antenna port set corresponds to at least one codeword and/or transport layer, that is, each antenna port set may be used to transmit at least one codeword, or multiple antenna ports may be used to transmit one codeword, different antennas. The set of ports may correspond to different transport layers of the same codeword; one codeword may correspond to data of one transport layer or multiple transport layers; each antenna port set may also be used to transmit data of at least one transport layer; or multiple antenna ports Collections can also be used to transfer data from the same transport layer. For example, in diversity transmission, two antenna ports are used to transmit data of one transport layer, and at this time, two antenna ports can transmit different coding information of data of one transport layer, such as almuta.
其中,天线端口集合与码字和/或传输层的对应关系可由第二网络设备在DCI信息中指示。或者为预定义的,也可以是RRC信令或者MAC信令或在物理层信令通知,本发明实施例不做限定。 The correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in the DCI information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
可以理解的是,通过RRC信令,发送时间间隔可以比较长,可以半静态的配置功率配置参数,适用于变化慢的场景,减小信令开销。DCI信令,可以实现动态的配置,适用于变化快的场景,信令开销需要进一步考虑。因此,也可通过两级的指示,可以预先配置多个信令,具体使用时再进一步指示,是一种前两者折中的一种实现方式,配置的间隔和信令的开销适中。第一级可以采用RRC信令或者MAC信令或者物理层信令,第二级也可以采用RRC信令或者MAC信令或者物理层信令,两级可以采用相同或者不同类型的信令,或者其他信令,本发明实施例不做限定。It can be understood that, by using the RRC signaling, the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead. The DCI signaling can implement dynamic configuration and is applicable to scenarios with fast changes. The signaling overhead needs to be further considered. Therefore, multiple signalings can be configured in advance by using two levels of indications, and further indications are used in the case of specific use, which is an implementation of the first two, and the configured interval and signaling overhead are moderate. The first level may adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the second level may also adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the two levels may use the same or different types of signaling, or The other signaling is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
进一步的,针对不同的码字进行不同的功率配置,可以提高码字的解码性能。一个码字内可以设置相同的功率配置,减小信令开销。针对不同的传输层进行不同的功率配置,可以提高不同层的传输性能。针对天线端口集合配置不同的功率配置,一个天线端口集合包括多个天线端口时,可以减少信令的开销。Further, different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword. The same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead. Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers. Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
可选的,第二网络设备还可以向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识(Scrambling Identity,SCID)中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息,第一网络设备从而接收该信息。也即是说,将传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数绑定,例如建立表格信息,第二网络设备通过物理层信令将该表格信息发送给第一网络设备,第一网络设备从而在接收到某一传输层、天线端口、码字和/或加扰标识对应的数据时,可以根据绑定的功率配置参数确定接收数据的功率。Optionally, the second network device may further send, to the first network device, a correspondence between the at least one of the transmission layer number, the antenna port, the codeword, and the Scrambling Identity (SCID) and the power configuration parameter. The information of the relationship, the first network device thereby receiving the information. That is, at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identifier is bound to the power configuration parameter, for example, table information is established, and the second network device sends the table information through physical layer signaling. For the first network device, the first network device can determine the power of the received data according to the bundled power configuration parameters when receiving data corresponding to a certain transport layer, an antenna port, a codeword, and/or a scrambling identifier.
可选的,每个功率配置参数还可以包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,也可以称为索引信息。第二网络设备还可以向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息,第一网络设备从而接收该信息。Optionally, each power configuration parameter may further include a power configuration identifier used to indicate the power configuration parameter, and may also be referred to as index information. The second network device may further send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and the power configuration identifier, where the first network device receives The information.
通过本发明实施例,第二网络设备无需将每个功率配置参数都携带在信令中,只需设置用于指示每个功率配置参数的功率配置标识,在信令中携带功率配置标识即可。一般来说,功率配置标识可能比相应的功率配置参数的数据量小,这样可以减少信令携带的数据量。According to the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier can be carried in the signaling. . In general, the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
具体的,第二网络设备可通过物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink ControlChannel,PDCCH)/增强的物理下行控制信道(Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel,EPDCCH)向第一网络设备发送传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数/功率配置标识之间的对应关系的信息。Specifically, the second network device may send the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, and the code to the first network device by using a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)/Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH). Information of a correspondence between at least one of a word and a scrambling identifier and a power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier.
举例来说,假设第一网络设备为终端设备,第二网络设备为基站。基站可以在DCI信息中指示传输层数/天线端口的功率配置参数(功率比值)。比如针对每个传输层/port增加1bit是否有功率差值信息,具体可增加:Power of antenna port(s)/layer(s)–X bits。其中,bit的值为0代表没有功率差值,即该port的数据与参考信号功率比值为0dB;bit的值为1代表有功率差值,即该port的数据与参考信号功率比值为-3dB,或者其他的数值。反之亦可。X可以根据DCI信息中指示的port数或者传输层数确定,或者预定义的大小,或者其他信令通知,比如RRC信令。X为固定的值,比如根据终端设备的最大传输层数确定,比如8层,为8个bit。当终端设备的当前传输层数小于8时,可以用0补齐。 For example, assume that the first network device is a terminal device and the second network device is a base station. The base station may indicate the number of transmission layers/power configuration parameters (power ratios) of the antenna ports in the DCI information. For example, if there is a power difference information for each transmission layer/port by 1 bit, specifically: Power of antenna port(s)/layer(s)–X bits. Wherein, the bit value of 0 means no power difference, that is, the ratio of the data of the port to the reference signal power is 0 dB; the value of the bit of 1 represents the power difference, that is, the ratio of the data of the port to the reference signal power is -3 dB. , or other values. The opposite is also possible. X may be determined according to the number of ports indicated in the DCI information or the number of transmission layers, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC signaling. X is a fixed value, for example, determined according to the maximum number of transmission layers of the terminal device, such as 8 layers, which is 8 bits. When the current transmission layer number of the terminal device is less than 8, it can be filled with 0.
举例来说,基站可以在DCI指示码字对应的功率配置参数(功率比值)。比如针对码字1配置1bit,用于指示针对该码字1的天线端口上的数据是否有功率差值信息,针对码字2配置1bit,用于指示针对该码字2的天线端口上的数据是否有功率差值信息。具体的可以是一个码字一个指示信息,也可以是多个码字联合指示信息。具体可增加:Power ratio of codeword–X bits。其中,bit的值为0代表没有功率差值,即该码字的数据与参考信号功率比值为0dB;bit的值为1代表有功率差值,即该码字的数据与考信号功率比值为-3dB,或者其他的数值。反之亦可。一个码字对应一个指示信息Power ratio of codeword,可以将该指示信息放在码字信息域中,每个码字信息域包括一个指示信息。该情况下X可以取值为1,具体有几个指示信息可以根据DCI信息中的码字数确定,或者预定义大小,或者其他信令通知,比如RRC信息。也可以是联合指示,联合指示下的X可以根据DCI信息中包括的码字数确定,或者预定义的大小,或者其他信令通知,比如RRC信令。或者X为固定的值,比如根据终端设备的最大码字(codeword)数确定,比如2个码字,为2个bit。则第一个bit用于指示第一个码字对应的功率配置参数,第一个bit用于指示第二个码字的功率配置参数。当终端设备的当前传输码字数小于2时,可以用0补齐。For example, the base station may indicate a power configuration parameter (power ratio) corresponding to the codeword in the DCI. For example, 1 bit is configured for the codeword 1 to indicate whether there is power difference information for the data on the antenna port of the codeword 1, and 1 bit is configured for the codeword 2 for indicating data on the antenna port for the codeword 2. Is there a power difference information? Specifically, it may be one codeword and one indication information, or may be multiple codeword joint indication information. Specifically add: Power ratio of codeword–X bits. Wherein, the value of the bit is 0, indicating that there is no power difference, that is, the ratio of the data of the codeword to the reference signal power is 0 dB; the value of the bit of 1 represents the power difference, that is, the ratio of the data of the codeword to the power of the test signal is -3dB, or other values. The opposite is also possible. A codeword corresponds to an indication information Power ratio of codeword, and the indication information may be placed in a codeword information field, and each codeword information field includes an indication information. In this case, X may take a value of 1. Specifically, several indication information may be determined according to the number of code words in the DCI information, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC information. It may also be a joint indication, and the X under the joint indication may be determined according to the number of code words included in the DCI information, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC signaling. Or X is a fixed value, for example, determined according to the maximum codeword number of the terminal device, for example, 2 codewords, which is 2 bits. The first bit is used to indicate the power configuration parameter corresponding to the first codeword, and the first bit is used to indicate the power configuration parameter of the second codeword. When the number of current transmission code words of the terminal device is less than 2, it can be filled with 0.
或者,第二网络设备可通过PDCCH/EPDCCH向第一网络设备发送传输点与功率配置参数/功率配置标识之间的对应关系的信息。Alternatively, the second network device may send, by using the PDCCH/EPDCCH, information about a correspondence between the transmission point and the power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier to the first network device.
举例来说,假设第一网络设备为终端设备,第二网络设备为基站。基站可以在DCI信息中指示传输点的功率配置参数(功率比值)。比如针对每个传输点的数据配置1bit信息,用于指示是否有功率差值信息,具体可增加:Power of Transmission Point–X bits。其中,bit的值为0代表没有功率差值,即来自该传输点的数据与参考信号功率比值为0dB;bit的值为1代表有功率差值,即来自该传输点的数据与参考信号功率比值为-3dB,或者其他的数值。反之亦可。一个传输点对应一个指示信息Power ratio of codeword,可以将该指示信息放在传输点信息域中,每个传输点信息域包括一个指示信息。该情况下X可以取值为1,具体有几个指示信息可以根据DCI信息中的码字数确定,或者预定义大小,或者其他信令通知,比如RRC信息。也可以是联合指示,联合指示下的X可以根据DCI信息中包括的传输点的个数确定,或者预定义的大小,或者其他信令通知,比如RRC信令。或者X为固定的值,比如根据终端设备支持的最大传输点个数确定,比如2个传输点,为2个bit。则第一个bit用于指示第一个传输点对应的功率配置参数,第二个bit用于指示第二个传输点的功率配置参数。当终端设备的当前传输点的个数小于2时,可以用0补齐。For example, assume that the first network device is a terminal device and the second network device is a base station. The base station can indicate the power configuration parameter (power ratio) of the transmission point in the DCI information. For example, the data of each transmission point is configured with 1-bit information, which is used to indicate whether there is power difference information, and specifically: Power of Transmission Point-X bits. Wherein, the value of bit is 0, indicating that there is no power difference, that is, the ratio of data from the transmission point to the reference signal power is 0 dB; the value of bit is 1 indicates that there is a power difference, that is, data from the transmission point and reference signal power. The ratio is -3dB, or other values. The opposite is also possible. A transmission point corresponds to an indication information Power ratio of codeword, which can be placed in the transmission point information field, and each transmission point information field includes an indication information. In this case, X may take a value of 1. Specifically, several indication information may be determined according to the number of code words in the DCI information, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC information. It may also be a joint indication, and the X under the joint indication may be determined according to the number of transmission points included in the DCI information, or a predefined size, or other signaling, such as RRC signaling. Or X is a fixed value, for example, according to the maximum number of transmission points supported by the terminal device, for example, 2 transmission points, which are 2 bits. The first bit is used to indicate the power configuration parameter corresponding to the first transmission point, and the second bit is used to indicate the power configuration parameter of the second transmission point. When the number of current transmission points of the terminal device is less than 2, it can be filled with 0.
举例来说,功率配置参数,如功率比值可以是隐式确定的方式。具体的,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以根据的解调参考信号天线端口分组信息(或码字信息或者准共址指示信息或者传输点信息)对应的层数信息(或者天线端口个数信息)确定。其中准共址指示信息用于指示解调参考信号的天线端口QCL信息,比如与其他参考信号的天线端口的QCL关系等,其他参考信号可以是CRS,信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS),BRS,MRS等。For example, power configuration parameters, such as power ratios, can be implicitly determined. Specifically, the power configuration parameter (power ratio) may be based on demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or transmission point information) corresponding layer information (or antenna port number information) determine. The quasi-co-location indication information is used to indicate the antenna port QCL information of the demodulation reference signal, such as the QCL relationship with the antenna ports of other reference signals, and other reference signals may be CRS, channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal) , CSI-RS), BRS, MRS, etc.
比如根据解调参考信号天线端口分组信息(或码字个数信息或者准共址指示信息)对应的层数信息确定,具体的针对一个或者多个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息,如 果该解调参考信号天线端口分组中的一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据的层数(或者该天线端口分组中发送数据所用的天线端口个数)大于2(或者其他固定数值,或为网络侧配置的数值),则该一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据与该一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该天线端口分组中的一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据的层数(或者该天线端口分组中发送数据所用的天线端口个数)小于等于2(或者其他固定数值,或为网络侧配置的数值),则该一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据与该一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息,则按照每个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息对应的层数信息(或者每个天线端口分组中发送数据所用的天线端口个数)分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定。For example, it is determined according to the layer number information corresponding to the demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or the code word number information or the quasi-co-location indication information), and specifically for one or more demodulation reference signal antenna port group information, such as The number of layers of data transmitted by one or more antenna ports in the demodulation reference signal antenna port group (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit data in the antenna port group) is greater than 2 (or other fixed value, or network) The value of the side configuration), the data sent by the one or more antenna ports has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal sent by the one or more antenna ports, such as -3 dB; if one or more of the antenna port packets The number of layers of data sent by the antenna port (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit data in the antenna port packet) is less than or equal to 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side), then the one or more antenna ports The transmitted data has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal transmitted by the one or more antenna ports, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple demodulation reference signal antenna port group information, the antenna port group is grouped according to each demodulation reference signal. The number of layers corresponding to the information (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit data in each antenna port packet) Power ratio. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
具体的,针对码字信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个码字,则针对每个码字根据该码字对应的层数信息(或者发送该码字使用的天线端口个数信息)确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。具体的针对一个或者多个码字信息,如果针对该码字对应的层数(或者发送该码字使用的天线端口个数信息)大于2(或者其他固定数值,或为网络侧配置的数值),则该码字对应的数据与该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该码字对应的数据的层数(或者发送该码字使用的天线端口个数信息)小于等于2(或者其他固定数值,或为网络侧配置的数值),则该码字对应的数据与该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个码字信息,则按照每个码字对应的层数信息(或者发送每个码字使用的天线端口个数信息)分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定。Specifically, for the codeword information, if the UE configures one or more codewords, the power is determined according to the layer number information corresponding to the codeword (or the number of antenna port numbers used to send the codeword) for each codeword. Configuration parameters (power ratio). Specifically, for one or more codeword information, if the number of layers corresponding to the codeword (or the number of antenna port numbers used to send the codeword) is greater than 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side) The power corresponding to the codeword has a power ratio of the power of the reference signal sent by the one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword, for example, -3 dB; if the codeword corresponds to the number of layers of the data (or the codeword is sent) If the number of antenna port numbers used is less than or equal to 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side), the data corresponding to the codeword and the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword The power has a power ratio, such as 0 dB. If the UE configures multiple codeword information, the power ratio is determined according to the layer information corresponding to each codeword (or the number of antenna port numbers used to transmit each codeword). The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
其中,该码字对应的层数可以是指发送该码字所用的层数,比如一个码字有2层,则码字对应的层数为2。该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口可以是指发送该码字使用的一个或者多个天线端口。The number of layers corresponding to the codeword may be the number of layers used to send the codeword. For example, if one codeword has 2 layers, the number of layers corresponding to the codeword is 2. The one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the codeword.
具体的,针对准共址指示信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个准共址指示信息,则针对每个准共址指示信息对应的层数信息(或者该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数)确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。具体的针对一个或者多个准共址指示信息,如果针对该准共址指示信息对应的层数(或者该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数)大于2(或者其他固定数值,或为网络侧配置的数值),则该准共址指示信息对应的数据与发送该数据的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该准共址指示信息对应的层数(或者该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数)小于等于2(或者其他固定数值,或为网络侧配置的数值),则该准共址指示信息对应的数据与发送该数据的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个准共址指示信息,则按照每个准共址指示信息对应的层数信息(或者该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数)分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定,可以是预定义的,或者通过信令通知。Specifically, for the quasi co-location indication information, if the UE is configured with one or more quasi co-location indication information, the layer number information corresponding to each quasi co-location indication information (or the data corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information is used) The number of antenna ports) determines the power configuration parameters (power ratio). Specifically, for one or more quasi-co-location indication information, if the number of layers corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information (or the number of antenna ports used by the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information) is greater than 2 (or other fixed value) Or the value configured for the network side, the data corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports that send the data, such as -3 dB; if the quasi co-location If the number of layers corresponding to the indication information (or the number of antenna ports used by the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information) is less than or equal to 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side), the quasi-co-location indication information corresponds to The data has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports that send the data, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple quasi-co-location indication information, the layer corresponding to each quasi-co-location indication information The number information (or the number of antenna ports used for the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information) determines the power ratio. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein, and may be predefined or signaled.
其中,该准共址指示信息对应的层数信息可以是指该准共址指示信息中的天线端口发送的数据对应的层数信息,该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数可 以是指该准共址指示信息中的天线端口发送数据时所用的天线端口个数。The layer number information corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information may be the layer number information corresponding to the data sent by the antenna port in the quasi-co-location indication information, and the number of antenna ports used by the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information Can The number refers to the number of antenna ports used by the antenna port in the quasi-co-location indication information to transmit data.
具体的,针对传输点信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个传输点信息,则针对每个传输点信息根据该传输点对应的层数信息(或者该传输点发送数据使用的天线端口个数信息)确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。具体的针对一个或者多个传输点信息,如果针对该传输点对应的层数(或者该传输点发送数据使用的天线端口个数信息)大于2(或者其他固定数值,或为网络侧配置的数值),则该传输点对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该传输点对应的数据的层数(或者该传输点发送数据使用的天线端口个数信息)小于等于2(或者其他固定数值,或为网络侧配置的数值),则该传输点对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个传输点信息,则按照每个传输点对应的层数信息(或者该传输点发送数据使用的天线端口个数信息)分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定。Specifically, for the transmission point information, if the UE configures one or more transmission point information, the information about the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point for each transmission point information (or the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data) ) Determine the power configuration parameters (power ratio). Specifically, for one or more transmission point information, if the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point (or the number of antenna port numbers used by the transmission point to transmit data) is greater than 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side) The data corresponding to the transmission point has a power ratio of a reference signal transmitted by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the data transmitted by the transmission point, such as -3 dB; if the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point (or If the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data is less than or equal to 2 (or other fixed value, or a value configured on the network side), the data corresponding to the transmission point and one or more antennas corresponding to the data transmitted by the transmission point The power of the reference signal sent by the port has a power ratio, such as 0 dB. If the UE configures multiple transmission point information, the layer information corresponding to each transmission point (or the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data) Determine the power ratio separately. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
其中,该传输点对应的层数可以是指该传输点发送的数据对应的层数,比如一个传输点发送了2层数据,则该传输点对应的层数为2。数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口可以是指发送该数据使用的一个或者多个天线端口。The number of layers corresponding to the transmission point may be the number of layers corresponding to the data sent by the transmission point. For example, if one transmission point sends 2 layers of data, the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point is 2. One or more antenna ports corresponding to the data may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the data.
另一方面举例来说,功率配置参数,如功率比值可以是隐式确定的方式。比如,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以根据解调参考信号天线端口分组信息(或码字信息或者准共址指示信息或者传输点信息)对应的层数信息(或者天线端口个数信息)以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定。其中准共址指示信息用于指示解调参考信号的天线端口QCL信息,比如与其他参考信号的天线端口的QCL关系等,其他参考信号可以是CRS,信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS),BRS,MRS等中的至少一个。On the other hand, for example, power configuration parameters, such as power ratios, can be implicitly determined. For example, the power configuration parameter (power ratio) may be based on demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or transmission point information) corresponding layer information (or antenna port number information) and solution The pattern information of the reference signal antenna port is determined. The quasi-co-location indication information is used to indicate the antenna port QCL information of the demodulation reference signal, such as the QCL relationship with the antenna ports of other reference signals, and other reference signals may be CRS, channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal) At least one of CSI-RS), BRS, MRS, and the like.
可选的,根据解调参考信号天线端口分组信息(或码字个数信息或者准共址指示信息)对应的层数信息以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。比如,针对一个或者多个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息,如果该解调参考信号天线端口分组中的一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据的层数(或者该天线端口分组中发送数据所用的天线端口个数)大于等于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)并且不同层(或者不同天线端口)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案不同,则该一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据与该一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该天线端口分组中的一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据的层数(或者该天线端口分组中发送数据所用的天线端口个数)小于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)或者层数大于等于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)但是不同层(或者不同天线端口)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案相同,则该一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据与该一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息,则按照每个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息对应的层数信息(或者每个天线端口分组中发送数据所用的天线端口个数)以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限 定。其中,前述各种情况下,各门限值可以相同,也可以不同,天线端口个数对应的门限值和层数对应的门限值可以相同,也可以不同,在此不予限定。Optionally, determining power configuration parameters (power ratio values) according to layer number information corresponding to demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or codeword number information or quasi-co-location indication information) and pattern information of demodulation reference signal antenna ports . For example, for one or more demodulation reference signal antenna port grouping information, if the number of layers of data transmitted by one or more antenna ports in the demodulation reference signal antenna port group (or the data used in the antenna port group to transmit data) The number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2), and the patterns of the demodulation reference signal antenna ports corresponding to different layers (or different antenna ports) are different. The power transmitted by one or more antenna ports has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal transmitted by the one or more antenna ports, such as -3 dB; if the number of layers of data transmitted by one or more antenna ports in the antenna port packet (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit data in the antenna port packet) is less than a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2) or the number of layers is greater than or equal to a threshold (as specified in the protocol) Or, the pattern phase of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the network side configuration, such as 2) but different layers (or different antenna ports) The power transmitted by the one or more antenna ports and the power of the reference signal sent by the one or more antenna ports have a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple demodulation reference signal antenna port grouping information, The layer number information corresponding to each demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or the number of antenna ports used for transmitting data in each antenna port group) and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port respectively determine a power ratio value. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited here. set. In the above various cases, the threshold values may be the same or different, and the threshold values corresponding to the number of antenna ports and the threshold value corresponding to the number of layers may be the same or different, and are not limited herein.
可选的,针对码字信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个码字,则针对每个码字根据该码字对应的层数信息(或者发送该码字使用的天线端口个数信息)以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。可选的,针对一个或者多个码字信息,如果针对该码字对应的层数(或者发送该码字使用的天线端口个数信息)大于等于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)并且不同层(或者不同天线端口)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案不同,则该码字对应的数据与该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该码字对应的数据的层数(或者发送该码字使用的天线端口个数信息)小于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)或者层数大于等于2但是不同层(或者不同天线端口)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案相同,则该码字对应的数据与该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个码字信息,则按照每个码字对应的层数信息(或者发送每个码字使用的天线端口个数信息)以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定。其中,前述各种情况下,各门限值可以相同,也可以不同,码字使用的天线端口个数对应的门限值和层数对应的门限值可以相同,也可以不同,在此不予限定。Optionally, for the codeword information, if the UE configures one or more codewords, the layer number information corresponding to the codeword (or the number of antenna port numbers used to send the codeword) is used for each codeword and The pattern information of the demodulated reference signal antenna port determines the power configuration parameter (power ratio). Optionally, for one or more codeword information, if the number of layers corresponding to the codeword (or the number of antenna port numbers used to send the codeword) is greater than or equal to a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or network) If the side configuration is, for example, 2) and the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to different layers (or different antenna ports) is different, the data corresponding to the codeword is sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword. The power of the reference signal has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the number of layers of the data corresponding to the codeword (or the number of antenna ports used to transmit the codeword) is less than a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or network side) If the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the different layers (or different antenna ports) is the same, the data corresponding to the code word corresponds to one or more of the code words. The power of the reference signal transmitted by the antenna port has a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple codeword information, the layer information corresponding to each codeword is used (or each codeword is sent) The antenna port number information used) and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port respectively determine the power ratio. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein. In the above various cases, the threshold values may be the same or different, and the threshold values corresponding to the number of antenna ports used by the codeword and the threshold corresponding to the number of layers may be the same or different. Limited.
其中,该码字对应的层数可以是指发送该码字所用的层数,比如一个码字有2层,则码字对应的层数为2。该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口可以是指发送该码字使用的一个或者多个天线端口。The number of layers corresponding to the codeword may be the number of layers used to send the codeword. For example, if one codeword has 2 layers, the number of layers corresponding to the codeword is 2. The one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the codeword.
可选的,针对准共址指示信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个准共址指示信息,则针对每个准共址指示信息,根据准共址指示信息对应的层数信息(或者该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数)以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。可选的针对一个或者多个准共址指示信息,如果针对该准共址指示信息对应的层数(或者该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数)大于或等于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)并且不同层(或者不同天线端口)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案不同,则该准共址指示信息对应的数据与发送该数据的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该准共址指示信息对应的层数(或者该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数)小于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)或者层数大于等于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)但是不同层(或者不同天线端口)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案相同,则该准共址指示信息对应的数据与发送该数据的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个准共址指示信息,则按照每个准共址指示信息对应的层数信息(或者该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数)以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定,可以是预定义的,或者通过信令通知。其中,前述各种情况下,各门限值可以相同,也可以不同,准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数对应的门限值和层数对 应的门限值可以相同,也可以不同,在此不予限定。Optionally, for the quasi-co-location indication information, if the UE is configured with one or more quasi-co-location indication information, the layer number information corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information is used for each quasi-co-location indication information (or the quasi-co-location indication information) The number of antenna ports used for the data corresponding to the co-location indication information and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port determine the power configuration parameter (power ratio). Optionally, for one or more quasi co-location indication information, if the number of layers corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information (or the number of antenna ports used by the data corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information) is greater than or equal to a threshold Value (scheduled by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2) and the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to different layers (or different antenna ports) is different, then the data and transmission corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information The power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports of the data has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the quasi-co-location indication information corresponds to the number of layers (or the antenna port used for the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information) The number is less than a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2) or the number of layers is greater than or equal to a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or configured on the network side, such as 2) but different If the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the layer (or different antenna ports) is the same, the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information and one or more antenna ports that send the data are sent. The power of the reference signal has a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple quasi-co-location indication information, the layer number information corresponding to each quasi-co-location indication information (or the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information is used) The number of antenna ports and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port respectively determine the power ratio. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein, and may be predefined or signaled. In the foregoing various cases, the threshold values may be the same or different, and the threshold value and the number of layers corresponding to the number of antenna ports used for the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information The threshold values should be the same or different, and are not limited herein.
其中,该准共址指示信息对应的层数信息可以是指该准共址指示信息中的天线端口发送的数据对应的层数信息,该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数可以是指该准共址指示信息中的天线端口发送数据时所用的天线端口个数。The layer number information corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information may be the layer number information corresponding to the data sent by the antenna port in the quasi-co-location indication information, and the number of antenna ports used by the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information It may refer to the number of antenna ports used when the antenna port in the quasi co-location indication information transmits data.
可选的,针对传输点信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个传输点信息,则针对每个传输点信息根据该传输点对应的层数信息(或者该传输点发送数据使用的天线端口个数信息)以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。具体的针对一个或者多个传输点信息,如果针对该传输点对应的层数(或者该传输点发送数据使用的天线端口个数信息)大于等于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)并且不同层(或者不同天线端口)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案不同,则该传输点对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该传输点对应的数据的层数(或者该传输点发送数据使用的天线端口个数信息)小于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)或者层数大于等于一门限值(协议规定的,或,网络侧配置的,比如为2)但是不同层(或者不同天线端口)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案相同,则该传输点对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个传输点信息,则按照每个传输点对应的层数信息(或者该传输点发送数据使用的天线端口个数信息)以及解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定。其中,前述各种情况下,各门限值可以相同,也可以不同,传输点发送数据所用的天线端口个数对应的门限值和层数对应的门限值可以相同,也可以不同,在此不予限定。Optionally, for the transmission point information, if the UE configures one or more transmission point information, the information about the layer corresponding to the transmission point information for each transmission point information (or the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data) The information) and the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port determine the power configuration parameter (power ratio). Specifically, for one or more transmission point information, if the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point (or the number of antenna port numbers used by the transmission point to transmit data) is greater than or equal to a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or network side) If the configuration of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to different layers (or different antenna ports) is different, the data corresponding to the transmission point is sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point. The power of the reference signal has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the number of layers of data corresponding to the transmission point (or the number of antenna ports used by the transmission point to transmit data) is less than a threshold (as specified by the protocol, or For the network side, for example, 2) or the number of layers is greater than or equal to a threshold (defined by the protocol, or configured on the network side, for example, 2), but the demodulation reference signal antenna corresponding to different layers (or different antenna ports) If the pattern of the port is the same, the data corresponding to the transmission point and the power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the data transmitted by the transmission point have power. Value, such as 0 dB; if the UE configures multiple transmission point information, the layer number information corresponding to each transmission point (or the number of antenna port numbers used by the transmission point to transmit data) and the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port The information determines the power ratio separately. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein. In the above various cases, the threshold values may be the same or different, and the threshold value corresponding to the number of antenna ports used for transmitting data at the transmission point and the threshold corresponding to the number of layers may be the same or different. This is not limited.
其中,该传输点对应的层数可以是指该传输点发送的数据对应的层数,比如一个传输点发送了2层数据,则该传输点对应的层数为2。数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口可以是指发送该数据使用的一个或者多个天线端口。The number of layers corresponding to the transmission point may be the number of layers corresponding to the data sent by the transmission point. For example, if one transmission point sends 2 layers of data, the number of layers corresponding to the transmission point is 2. One or more antenna ports corresponding to the data may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the data.
另一方面举例来说,功率配置参数,如功率比值可以是另一种隐式确定的方式。比如,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以根据的解调参考信号天线端口分组信息(或码字信息或者准共址指示信息或者传输点信息)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定。其中准共址指示信息用于指示解调参考信号的天线端口QCL信息,比如与其他参考信号的天线端口的QCL关系等,其他参考信号可以是CRS,信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS),BRS,MRS等中的至少一个。On the other hand, for example, power configuration parameters, such as power ratios, can be another implicitly determined method. For example, the power configuration parameter (power ratio) may be determined according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or codeword information or quasi-co-location indication information or transmission point information). The quasi-co-location indication information is used to indicate the antenna port QCL information of the demodulation reference signal, such as the QCL relationship with the antenna ports of other reference signals, and other reference signals may be CRS, channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal) At least one of CSI-RS), BRS, MRS, and the like.
可选的,根据解调参考信号天线端口分组信息(或码字个数信息或者准共址指示信息)对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。可选的针对一个或者多个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息,如果该解调参考信号天线端口分组中的一个或者多个天线端口对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案不同,则该一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据与该一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该天线端口分组中的一个或者多个天线端口对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案相同,则该一个或者多个天线端口发送的数据与该一个或者多 个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息,则按照每个解调参考信号天线端口分组信息对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定。Optionally, the power configuration parameter (power ratio) is determined according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the demodulation reference signal antenna port group information (or the codeword number information or the quasi-co-location indication information). Optionally, for one or more demodulation reference signal antenna port grouping information, if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to one or more antenna ports in the demodulation reference signal antenna port group is different, the one or The data sent by the multiple antenna ports has a power ratio to the power of the reference signal transmitted by the one or more antenna ports, such as -3 dB; if the one or more antenna ports in the antenna port group correspond to the demodulation reference signal antenna port The same pattern, the one or more antenna ports send data with the one or more The power of the reference signal transmitted by the antenna port has a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple demodulation reference signal antenna port group information, the demodulation reference signal antenna corresponding to each demodulation reference signal antenna port group information The pattern information of the port determines the power ratio, respectively. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
可选的,针对码字信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个码字,则针对每个码字根据该码字对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。可选的针对一个或者多个码字信息,如果针对该码字对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案不同,则该码字对应的数据与该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该码字对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案相同,则该码字对应的数据与该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个码字信息,则按照每个码字对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定。Optionally, for the codeword information, if the UE configures one or more codewords, the power configuration parameter (power ratio) is determined for each codeword according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the codeword. Optionally, for one or more codeword information, if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the codeword is different, the data corresponding to the codeword is sent by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword. The power of the reference signal has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the codeword is the same, the data corresponding to the codeword is transmitted with one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword. The power of the signal has a power ratio, such as 0 dB. If the UE is configured with multiple codeword information, the power ratio is determined according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to each codeword. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
其中,该码字对应的一个或者多个天线端口可以是指发送该码字使用的一个或者多个天线端口。The one or more antenna ports corresponding to the codeword may refer to one or more antenna ports used for transmitting the codeword.
可选的,针对准共址指示信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个准共址指示信息,则针对每个准共址指示信息对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。可选的针对一个或者多个准共址指示信息,如果针对该准共址指示信息对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案不同,则该准共址指示信息对应的数据与发送该数据的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该准共址指示信息对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案相同,则该准共址指示信息对应的数据与发送该数据的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个准共址指示信息,则按照每个准共址指示信息对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定,可以是预定义的,或者通过信令通知。Optionally, for the quasi co-location indication information, if the UE is configured with one or more quasi co-location indication information, determining power configuration parameters for the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to each quasi co-location indication information ( Power ratio). Optionally, for one or more quasi co-location indication information, if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information is different, the data corresponding to the quasi co-location indication information and one of the data sent Or the power of the reference signal sent by the multiple antenna ports has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information is the same, the data and the corresponding data of the quasi-co-location indication information The power of the reference signal sent by one or more antenna ports of the data has a power ratio, such as 0 dB; if the UE is configured with multiple quasi-co-location indication information, the demodulation reference signal antenna corresponding to each quasi-co-located indication information The pattern information of the port determines the power ratio, respectively. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein, and may be predefined or signaled.
其中,该准共址指示信息对应的解调参考信号天线端口可以是指该准共址指示信息中的天线端口发送的数据对应的解调参考信号天线端口,该准共址指示信息对应的数据所用的天线端口个数可以是指该准共址指示信息中的天线端口发送数据时所用的天线端口个数。The demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information may be a demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the data sent by the antenna port in the quasi co-location indication information, and the data corresponding to the quasi-co-location indication information The number of antenna ports used may refer to the number of antenna ports used when the antenna port in the quasi co-location indication information transmits data.
可选的,针对传输点信息,如果UE配置了一个或者多个传输点信息,则针对每个传输点信息根据该传输点对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息确定功率配置参数(功率比值)。可选的针对一个或者多个传输点信息,如果针对该传输点对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案不同,则该传输点对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如-3dB;如果该传输点对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案相同,则该传输点对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB;如果UE配置了多个传输点信息,则按照每个传输点对应的解调参考信号天线端口的图案信息分别确定功率比值。具体的功率比值的数值在此不做限定。Optionally, for the transmission point information, if the UE configures one or more transmission point information, determining a power configuration parameter (power ratio) according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point for each transmission point information. ). Optionally, for one or more transmission point information, if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point is different, the data corresponding to the transmission point is one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point. The power of the transmitted reference signal has a power ratio, such as -3 dB; if the pattern of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point is the same, the data corresponding to the transmission point and one or more antennas corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point The power of the reference signal sent by the port has a power ratio, such as 0 dB. If the UE configures multiple transmission point information, the power ratio is determined according to the pattern information of the demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to each transmission point. The value of the specific power ratio is not limited herein.
其中,该传输点对应的解调参考信号天线端口可以是指该传输点发送的数据对应的解调参考信号天线端口。数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口可以是指发送该数据使用的一个或者多个天线端口。 The demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the transmission point may refer to a demodulation reference signal antenna port corresponding to the data sent by the transmission point. One or more antenna ports corresponding to the data may refer to one or more antenna ports used to transmit the data.
结合上述所述的各种实施例,具体的举例来说,以LTE中的解调参考信号为例,port 7,port 8,port 11,port 13采用相同的图案,即占用相同的时频资源位置,而port 9,port 10,port 12,port14采用相同的图案,即占用相同的时频资源位置。以两个传输点传输两个码字来举例说明功率配置参数(功率比值)的确定。具体的功率配置参数仅用于举例说明,不做具体限定。In combination with the various embodiments described above, for example, taking the demodulation reference signal in LTE as an example, port 7, port 8, port 11, port 13 adopt the same pattern, that is, occupy the same time-frequency resource. Location, while port 9, port 10, port 12, port 14 use the same pattern, that is, occupy the same time-frequency resource location. The determination of the power configuration parameters (power ratio) is exemplified by transmitting two codewords at two transmission points. The specific power configuration parameters are for illustrative purposes only and are not specifically limited.
举例而言,天线端口的端口号与传输点或者码字或者QCL的对应关系,可以包括以下三种,For example, the correspondence between the port number of the antenna port and the transmission point or the codeword or the QCL may include the following three types.
方式一:天线端口的端口号7,8,11,13对应一个传输点或者码字或者QCL;天线端口的端口号9,10,12,14对应另一个传输点或者码字或者QCL。在该方式下,因为每个传输点或者码字或者QCL的一个或者多个天线端口对应的参考信号天线端口的图案都是一样的,因为该传输点或者码字或者QCL指示信息(简称QCL)对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率有功率比值,比如0dB。具体的,功率配置参数的确定如下:Method 1: The port number 7, 8, 11, 13 of the antenna port corresponds to a transmission point or code word or QCL; the port number 9, 10, 12, 14 of the antenna port corresponds to another transmission point or code word or QCL. In this mode, the pattern of the reference signal antenna port corresponding to each transmission point or codeword or one or more antenna ports of the QCL is the same, because the transmission point or codeword or QCL indication information (referred to as QCL for short) The corresponding data has a power ratio, such as 0 dB, of the power of the reference signal transmitted by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point. Specifically, the power configuration parameters are determined as follows:
总共2层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 2 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000001
总共3层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 3 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000002
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000003
总共4层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 4 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000005
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000006
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000007
总共5层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 5 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000008
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000009
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000010
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000012
总共6层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 6 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000013
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000014
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000015
总共7层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 7 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000016
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000018
总共8层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 8 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000019
方式二:天线端口的端口号7,8,9,10对应一个传输点或者码字或者QCL;天线端口的端口号11,12,13,14对应另一个传输点或者码字或者QCL。在该方式下,因为每个传输点或者码字或者QCL的一个或者多个天线端口对应的参考信号天线端口的图案可能是一样的,也可能是不一样的,因为该传输点或者码字或者QCL指示信息对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率可能会有不同的功率比值,比如0dB或者-3dB等。具体的,功率配置参数的确定如下:Mode 2: The port number 7, 8, 9, 10 of the antenna port corresponds to one transmission point or code word or QCL; the port number 11, 12, 13, 14 of the antenna port corresponds to another transmission point or code word or QCL. In this mode, because the pattern of the reference signal antenna port corresponding to each transmission point or codeword or one or more antenna ports of the QCL may be the same, it may be different because the transmission point or codeword or The data corresponding to the QCL indication information and the reference signal transmitted by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point may have different power ratios, such as 0 dB or -3 dB. Specifically, the power configuration parameters are determined as follows:
总共2层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 2 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000020
总共3层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 3 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000021
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000022
总共4层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 4 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000024
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000025
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000026
总共5层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 5 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000027
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000028
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000030
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000031
总共6层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 6 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000032
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000033
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000034
总共7层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 7 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000035
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000036
总共8层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 8 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000037
方式三:天线端口的端口号与传输点或者码字或者QCL的对应关系是动态的,比如可以根据现有LTE中的码字到层或到天线端口的映射确定。在该方式下,因为每个传输点或者码字或者QCL的一个或者多个天线端口对应的参考信号天线端口的图案可能是一样的,也可能是不一样的,因为该传输点或者码字或者QCL指示信息对应的数据与该传输点发送数据对应的一个或者多个天线端口发送的参考信号的功率可能会有不同的功率比值,比如0dB或者-3dB等。具体的,功率配置参数的确定如下:Manner 3: The correspondence between the port number of the antenna port and the transmission point or the codeword or the QCL is dynamic, for example, it can be determined according to the mapping of the codeword to the layer or the antenna port in the existing LTE. In this mode, because the pattern of the reference signal antenna port corresponding to each transmission point or codeword or one or more antenna ports of the QCL may be the same, it may be different because the transmission point or codeword or The data corresponding to the QCL indication information and the reference signal transmitted by one or more antenna ports corresponding to the transmission data of the transmission point may have different power ratios, such as 0 dB or -3 dB. Specifically, the power configuration parameters are determined as follows:
总共2层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 2 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000038
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000039
总共3层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 3 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000041
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000042
总共4层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 4 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000043
或者or
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000044
总共5层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 5 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000045
总共6层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 6 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000046
总共7层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 7 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000048
总共8层数据时,功率配置参数(功率比值)可以如下:For a total of 8 layers of data, the power configuration parameters (power ratio) can be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000049
可选的,针对两个传输点传输一个码字的不同层的数据的情况,也可以采用上述方案确定不同层/port上的数据与解调参考信号的功率比值,具体的,在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the case of transmitting data of different layers of one codeword for two transmission points, the above scheme may also be used to determine the power ratio of data on the different layers/ports and the demodulation reference signal, specifically, no longer Narration.
可选的,终端设备可以根据QCL配置信息确定该QCL对应的天线端口发送的数据是来自一个传输点还是多个传输点,进而进行相应的功率配置参数(功率比值)的确定。比如一个传输点可以采用现有技术中的功率配置参数,而多个传输点时可以采用该发明中方案对应功率配置参数,具体的,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the terminal device may determine, according to the QCL configuration information, whether the data sent by the antenna port corresponding to the QCL is from one transmission point or multiple transmission points, and then determining a corresponding power configuration parameter (power ratio). For example, a transmission point may adopt a power configuration parameter in the prior art, and a plurality of transmission points may adopt a power configuration parameter corresponding to the solution in the invention, and details are not described herein.
进一步的,终端设备在接收到该信令后,即可知道当前层数/port上的数据与解调参考信号的功率比值,进而根据解调参考信号的功率确定接收数据功率,从而实现对接收数据的解调。其中,在有解调参考信号符号和无解调参考信号符号上,数据功率可以相同也可以不同。协议可以规定数据功率相同,此时仅需要一组功率比值信息即可。当数据功率不同时,则可以针对在有解调参考信号符号上的数据和无解调参考信号符号上的数据分别配置功率比值信息。或者对于上述功率比值信息可以采用预定义的方式,本发明实施例在此不做限定。Further, after receiving the signaling, the terminal device can know the power ratio between the data on the current layer/port and the demodulation reference signal, and further determine the received data power according to the power of the demodulation reference signal, thereby implementing reception. Demodulation of data. Wherein, the data power may be the same or different on the demodulated reference signal symbol and the undemodulated reference signal symbol. The protocol can specify that the data power is the same, in which case only one set of power ratio information is needed. When the data powers are different, the power ratio information can be separately configured for the data on the demodulated reference signal symbol and the data on the undemodulated reference signal symbol. Or, the foregoing power ratio information may be in a predefined manner, which is not limited herein.
可选的,假设第一网络设备为终端设备,第二网络设备为基站。基站可在PDSCH配置信息域中增加天线端口标识或者波束标识对应的参考信号的功率,和/或增加功率比值信息Pd。例如,在配置功率配置参数时,可以只是当前传输层/天线端口t的数据是与哪个波束/天线端口的参考信号功率具有功率比值的关系,进而根据该波束/天线端口的参考信号功率确定具体的传输层/天线端口的数据功率。Optionally, it is assumed that the first network device is a terminal device, and the second network device is a base station. The base station may increase the power of the antenna port identifier or the reference signal corresponding to the beam identifier in the PDSCH configuration information field, and/or increase the power ratio information Pd. For example, when configuring the power configuration parameter, only the data of the current transmission layer/antenna port t may have a power ratio relationship with the reference signal power of the beam/antenna port, and then determine the specificity according to the reference signal power of the beam/antenna port. Data power of the transport layer/antenna port.
其中,如果波束标识/天线端口标识缺省可以认为参考信号的功率针对不同的波束/天线端口具有相同的值。参考信号的功率和功率配置参数(天线端口/波束标识以及功率比值)均可以放在公共信息中。信令中的数值仅是举例,也可以取其他的数值,本发明实施例在此不做限定。如下:Wherein, if the beam identification/antenna port identification defaults, the power of the reference signal can be considered to have the same value for different beam/antenna ports. The power and power configuration parameters (antenna port/beam identification and power ratio) of the reference signal can be placed in common information. The values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000051
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000051
其中,信息域PDSCH-ConfigCommon是PDSCH配置的公共信息域,信息域ReferenceSignalPower是指参考信号功率信息域,信息域beam ID/port是指波束标识或者波束对应的天线端口,信息域Pd是指功率比值信息域。The information field PDSCH-ConfigCommon is a public information field of the PDSCH configuration, the information field ReferenceSignalPower refers to the reference signal power information field, the information field beam ID/port refers to the beam identifier or the antenna port corresponding to the beam, and the information domain Pd refers to the power ratio. Information domain.
或者,参考信号功率信息域可以包括参考信号功率信息列表ReferenceSignalPower-List,参考信号功率信息列表可以包括一个或者多个参考信号功率信息。信息域beam ID/port可以包括beam ID/port列表beam ID/port-List,beam ID/port列表中可以包括一个或者多个波束标识或者波束对应的天线端口信息。功率比值信息域也可以包括功率比值列表Pd-List,功率比值列表包括一个或者多个功率比值。beam ID/port-List可以省略,比如功率比值列表是按照beam ID的预定义的顺序排列的,比如从大到小或者从小到大等。因此不需要再通知beam ID/port-List。信令中的数值仅是举例,也可以取其他的数值,本发明实施例在此不做限定。如下:Alternatively, the reference signal power information field may include a reference signal power information list ReferenceSignalPower-List, and the reference signal power information list may include one or more reference signal power information. The information field beam ID/port may include a beam ID/port list beam ID/port-List, and the beam ID/port list may include one or more beam identifiers or antenna port information corresponding to the beam. The power ratio information field may also include a power ratio list Pd-List, the power ratio list including one or more power ratios. The beam ID/port-List can be omitted. For example, the power ratio list is arranged in a predefined order of beam IDs, such as from large to small or from small to large. Therefore, there is no need to notify beam ID/port-List. The values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000052
其中,信息域PDSCH-ConfigCommon是PDSCH配置的公共信息域,信息域ReferenceSignalPower-List是指参考信号功率信息列表,信息域beam ID/port-List是指波束标识列表或者波束对应的天线端口列表,信息域Pd-List是指功率比值信息域列表。The information field PDSCH-ConfigCommon is a public information field of the PDSCH configuration, and the information field ReferenceSignalPower-List refers to the reference signal power information list, and the information field beam ID/port-list refers to the beam identification list or the antenna port list corresponding to the beam. The domain Pd-List refers to a list of power ratio information fields.
参考信号的功率可以放在公共信息中,功率配置参数可以放在专用信息中。信令中的数值仅是举例,也可以取其他的数值,本发明实施例在此不做限定。如下:The power of the reference signal can be placed in the common information, and the power configuration parameters can be placed in the dedicated information. The values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000054
其中,信息域PDSCH-ConfigCommon是PDSCH配置的公共信息域,信息域PDSCH-ConfigDedicated是PDSCH配置的专用信息域,可以是UE级别的,信息域ReferenceSignalPower是指参考信号功率信息域,信息域beam ID/port是指波束标识或者波束对应的天线端口,信息域Pd是指功率比值信息域。The information domain PDSCH-ConfigCommon is a public information domain of the PDSCH configuration, and the information domain PDSCH-ConfigDedicated is a dedicated information domain of the PDSCH configuration, which may be a UE level. The information domain ReferenceSignalPower refers to a reference signal power information domain, and the information domain beam ID/ Port refers to the beam identifier or the antenna port corresponding to the beam, and the information field Pd refers to the power ratio information field.
信息域beam ID/port可以包括beam ID/port列表,beam ID/port列表中可以包括一个或者多个波束标识或者波束对应的天线端口信息。功率比值信息域也可以包括功率比值列表Pd-List,功率比值列表包括一个或者多个功率比值。beam ID/port-List可以省略,比如功率比值列表是按照beam ID的预定义的顺序排列的,比如从大到小或者从小到大等。因此不需要再通知beam ID/port-List。信令中的数值仅是举例,也可以取其他的数值,本发明实施例在此不做限定。如下:The information field beam ID/port may include a beam ID/port list, and the beam ID/port list may include one or more beam identifiers or antenna port information corresponding to the beam. The power ratio information field may also include a power ratio list Pd-List, the power ratio list including one or more power ratios. The beam ID/port-List can be omitted. For example, the power ratio list is arranged in a predefined order of beam IDs, such as from large to small or from small to large. Therefore, there is no need to notify beam ID/port-List. The values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000055
其中,信息域PDSCH-ConfigDedicated是PDSCH配置的专用信息域,可以是UE级别的,信息域beam ID/port-List是指波束标识列表或者波束对应的天线端口列表,信息域Pd-List是指功率比值信息域列表。The information field PDSCH-ConfigDedicated is a dedicated information field of the PDSCH configuration, and may be at the UE level. The information field beam ID/port-list refers to a beam identification list or a list of antenna ports corresponding to the beam, and the information field Pd-List refers to power. A list of ratio information fields.
基站发送多个功率配置参数,并且每个功率配置参数中携带功率配置标识,如功率控配置标识(Power-control-configID)。携带功率配置标识的信息可以是公共的也可以是专用的,信令中的数值仅是举例,也可以取其他的数值,本发明实施例在此不做限定。如下:The base station sends multiple power configuration parameters, and each power configuration parameter carries a power configuration identifier, such as a power control configuration identifier (Power-control-configID). The information carrying the power configuration identifier may be public or private. The values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiment of the present invention is not limited herein. as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000056
或者,参考信号功率信息域可以包括参考信号功率信息列表ReferenceSignalPower-List,参考信号功率信息列表可以包括一个或者多个参考信号功率信息。信息域beam ID/port可以包括beam ID/port列表beam ID/port-List,beam ID/port列表中可以包括一个或者多个波束标识或者波束对应的天线端口信息。功率比值信息域也可以包括功率比值列表Pd-List,功率比值列表包括一个或者多个功率比值。beam ID/port-List可以省略,比如功率比值列表是按照beam ID的预定 义的顺序排列的,比如从大到小或者从小到大等。因此不需要再通知beam ID/port-List。信令中的数值仅是举例,也可以取其他的数值,本发明实施例在此不做限定。如下:Alternatively, the reference signal power information field may include a reference signal power information list ReferenceSignalPower-List, and the reference signal power information list may include one or more reference signal power information. The information field beam ID/port may include a beam ID/port list beam ID/port-List, and the beam ID/port list may include one or more beam identifiers or antenna port information corresponding to the beam. The power ratio information field may also include a power ratio list Pd-List, the power ratio list including one or more power ratios. The beam ID/port-List can be omitted, for example, the power ratio list is scheduled according to the beam ID. The order of meanings is, for example, from large to small or from small to large. Therefore, there is no need to notify beam ID/port-List. The values in the signaling are only examples, and other values may be used. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein. as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000057
其中,信息域ReferenceSignalPower-List是指参考信号功率信息列表,信息域beam ID/port-List是指波束标识列表或者波束对应的天线端口列表,信息域Pd-List是指功率比值信息域列表。The information field ReferenceSignalPower-List refers to the reference signal power information list, the information field beam ID/port-List refers to the beam identification list or the antenna port list corresponding to the beam, and the information field Pd-List refers to the power ratio information field list.
在存在多个配置参数时,基站可以通过PDCCH通知终端设备传输层数或者port对应的功率配置参数。具体的比特数本发明实施例在此不做限定,下面仅是举例,如下:When there are multiple configuration parameters, the base station may notify the terminal device to transmit the number of layers or the power configuration parameter corresponding to the port through the PDCCH. The specific number of bits is not limited herein. The following are only examples, as follows:
power control configure Indicator----2bits or 3bitsPower control configure Indicator----2bits or 3bits
可选的,第二网络设备首先可以预定义多种功率比值,然后用功率配置标识指示每个功率比值。一种可能用于指示每个功率比值与功率配置标识之间关系的信息可参考表1。其中,表1中的每个值(Value)对应一个子信息(Message),或者也可以将Message理解为状态,即一个Value对应一个状态,nPCID用于标识功率配置标识,每个功率配置标识对应的Message即为功率比值。Optionally, the second network device may first define a plurality of power ratio values, and then indicate each power ratio value by using a power configuration identifier. See Table 1 for a list of information that may be used to indicate the relationship between each power ratio and the power configuration identifier. Each value (Value) in Table 1 corresponds to a sub-message (Message), or the Message can be understood as a state, that is, a Value corresponds to a state, and n PCID is used to identify a power configuration identifier, and each power configuration identifier The corresponding Message is the power ratio.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000058
从表1可以看出,每个功率比值都为其配置一个功率配置标识,第二网络设备可将表1的信息发送给第一网络设备,后续只需告知第一网络设备功率配置标识,第一网络设备即可获知对应的功率比值,从而基于第二网络设备给出的参考信号的功率以及该功率比值确定出接收数据的功率,以实现对接收数据的解调。It can be seen from Table 1 that each power ratio is configured with a power configuration identifier, and the second network device can send the information of Table 1 to the first network device, and then only need to inform the first network device of the power configuration identifier, A network device can learn the corresponding power ratio, thereby determining the power of the received data based on the power of the reference signal given by the second network device and the power ratio to implement demodulation of the received data.
进一步的,第二网络设备再配置传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Further, the second network device reconfigures information of a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and a power configuration identifier.
下面针对传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息进行举例说明。其中,port表示天线端口。 The following is an example of the information about the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier. Where port is the antenna port.
例如,当数据的传输层数为1时,一种可能用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表2。其中,表2中的每个Value对应一个Message,即一个Value对应一个状态,相当于将传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识进行联合编码,其中本发明实施例中的编码规则可参考现有技术。例如Value的取值可以占用2位(bit)或3bit,或者也可能占用更多的bit。表2以2bit为例,则Value0对应00,Value1对应01,Value2对应10,Value3对应11。其中,表格中的nPCID均表示功率配置标识,用于标记功率配置参数。For example, when the number of transmission layers of data is 1, a kind of information that may be used to indicate the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 2. Each value in Table 2 corresponds to a message, that is, a value corresponds to a state, which is equivalent to combining the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the number of transmission layers in the scrambling identifier and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier. Encoding, wherein the encoding rules in the embodiments of the present invention can refer to the prior art. For example, the value of Value can occupy 2 bits or 3 bits, or it may occupy more bits. Table 2 takes 2bit as an example. Value0 corresponds to 00, Value1 corresponds to 01, Value2 corresponds to 10, and Value3 corresponds to 11. The n PCIDs in the table all indicate power configuration identifiers for marking power configuration parameters.
表2Table 2
ValueValue MessageMessage
00 1layer,port 7,nPCID=01layer,port 7,n PCID =0
11 1layer,port 7,nPCID=11layer,port 7,n PCID =1
22 1layer,port 7,nPCID=21layer,port 7,n PCID =2
33 1layer,port 7,nPCID=31layer,port 7,n PCID =3
从表2中可以看出,当传输层数为1时,可以对应4个状态,这4个状态所对应的功率配置标识都不相同,则表明这4个状态对应于4个功率配置参数。这样,终端设备在接收多个功率配置参数(如第一功率配置参数、第二功率而配置惨、第三功率配置参数,等等),也知道每个功率配置参数的功率配置标识后,可以根据天线端口集合的天线端口和/或传输层数、以及每个状态所包括的功率配置标识等信息,确定哪个天线端口集合对应于哪个功率配置参数,从而可以分别确定出来自各个天线端口集合的数据的功率。It can be seen from Table 2 that when the number of transmission layers is 1, four states can be corresponding, and the power configuration identifiers corresponding to the four states are different, indicating that the four states correspond to four power configuration parameters. In this way, the terminal device receives multiple power configuration parameters (such as the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration, the third power configuration parameter, and the like), and also knows the power configuration identifier of each power configuration parameter. Determining which antenna port set corresponds to which power configuration parameter according to information such as an antenna port and/or a transmission layer number of the antenna port set, and a power configuration identifier included in each state, so that each antenna port set can be separately determined. The power of the data.
又如,当传输层数为1时,另一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表3。其中,表3中每个Value对应一个状态,表3以Value的取值占用3bit为例,Value0对应000,Value1对应001,Value2对应010,以此类推。For another example, when the number of transmission layers is 1, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 3. Each value in Table 3 corresponds to a state. Table 3 takes the value of Value as 3, and Value0 corresponds to 000, Value1 corresponds to 001, Value2 corresponds to 010, and so on.
表3table 3
ValueValue MessageMessage
00 1layer,port 7,nPCID=01layer,port 7,n PCID =0
11 1layer,port 7,nPCID=11layer,port 7,n PCID =1
22 1layer,port 7,nPCID=21layer,port 7,n PCID =2
33 1layer,port 7,nPCID=31layer,port 7,n PCID =3
44 1layer,port 8,nPCID=01layer,port 8,n PCID =0
55 1layer,port 8,nPCID=11layer,port 8,n PCID =1
66 1layer,port 8,nPCID=21layer,port 8,n PCID =2
77 1layer,port 8,nPCID=31layer,port 8,n PCID =3
从表3中可以看出,当传输层数为1时,可以对应8个状态,这8个状态各自对应有功率配置标识,可以多个状态对应一个配置标识,即多个状态对应同一功率配置 参数。It can be seen from Table 3 that when the number of transmission layers is 1, it can correspond to 8 states, each of which has a power configuration identifier, and multiple states can correspond to one configuration identifier, that is, multiple states correspond to the same power configuration. parameter.
又如,当传输层数为2时,又一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表4。其中,表4中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表4以Value的取值占用2bit为例。For another example, when the number of transmission layers is 2, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 4. Each value in Table 4 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, and each sub-state may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 4 takes the value of Value as 2.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000059
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000059
从表4中可以看出,当传输层数为2时,可以对应8个状态,每个状态各自对应有功率配置标识。It can be seen from Table 4 that when the number of transmission layers is 2, 8 states can be corresponding, and each state corresponds to a power configuration identifier.
又如,当传输层数为3时,又一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表5。其中,表5中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表5以Value的取值占用3bit为例。For another example, when the number of transmission layers is 3, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 5. Each value in Table 5 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, and each sub-state may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 5 takes the value of Value as an example.
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000060
从表5中可以看出,当传输层数为3时,可以对应16个子状态,这16个子状态 各自都有对应的功率配置标识。As can be seen from Table 5, when the number of transmission layers is 3, it can correspond to 16 sub-states, which are 16 sub-states. Each has a corresponding power configuration identifier.
又如,当传输层数为4时,又一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表6。其中,表6中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表6以Value的取值占用3bit为例。For another example, when the number of transmission layers is 4, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 6. Each of the values in Table 6 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 6 takes the value of Value as an example.
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000061
从表6中可以看出,当传输层数为4时,可以对应16个子状态,这16个子状态各自都有对应的功率配置标识。It can be seen from Table 6 that when the number of transmission layers is 4, 16 sub-states can be corresponding, and each of the 16 sub-states has a corresponding power configuration identifier.
又如,当传输层数为5时,又一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表7。其中,表7中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表7以Value的取值占用3bit为例。For another example, when the number of transmission layers is 5, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 7. Each of the values in Table 7 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 7 takes the value of Value as an example.
表7Table 7
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000063
从表7中可以看出,当传输层数为5时,可以对应16个子状态,这16个子状态各自都有对应的功率配置标识。It can be seen from Table 7 that when the number of transmission layers is 5, 16 sub-states can be corresponding, and each of the 16 sub-states has a corresponding power configuration identifier.
又如,当传输层数为6时,又一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表8。其中,表8中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表8以Value的取值占用3bit为例。For another example, when the number of transmission layers is 6, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 8. Each of the values in Table 8 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 8 takes the value of Value as an example.
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000064
从表8中可以看出,当传输层数为6时,可以对应16个子状态,这16个子状态各自都有对应的功率配置标识。It can be seen from Table 8 that when the number of transmission layers is 6, it can correspond to 16 sub-states, each of which has a corresponding power configuration identifier.
又如,当传输层数为7时,又一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表9。其中,表9中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表9以Value的取值占用3bit为例。For another example, when the number of transmission layers is 7, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 9. Each of the values in Table 9 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 9 takes the value of Value as an example.
表9Table 9
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000066
从表9中可以看出,当传输层数为7时,可以对应16个子状态,这16个子状态各自都有对应的功率配置标识。It can be seen from Table 9 that when the number of transmission layers is 7, it can correspond to 16 sub-states, each of which has a corresponding power configuration identifier.
再如,当传输层数为8时,又一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表10。其中,表10中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表10以Value的取值占用3bit为例。For another example, when the number of transmission layers is 8, another possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 10. Each value in Table 10 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 10 takes the value of Value as an example.
表10Table 10
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000067
从表10中可以看出,当传输层数为8时,可以对应16个子状态,这16个子状态各自都有对应的功率配置标识。As can be seen from Table 10, when the number of transmission layers is 8, it can correspond to 16 sub-states, each of which has a corresponding power configuration identifier.
其中,表2至表10可以分别指示不同的传输层数的情况。可选的,也可以联合指示传输层数和天线端口对应的功率配置标识。例如,一种可能的用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表11。Among them, Tables 2 to 10 can respectively indicate the case of different transmission layers. Optionally, the number of transmission layers and the power configuration identifier corresponding to the antenna port may also be jointly indicated. For example, a possible information for indicating the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier can be referred to Table 11.
表11Table 11
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000069
其中,表2至表11都用于指示传输层数和天线端口与功率配置标识之间的对应关系的信息。Among them, Tables 2 to 11 are used to indicate information on the correspondence between the number of transmission layers and the antenna port and the power configuration identifier.
下面针对码字与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息进行举例说明。The following is an example of information on the correspondence between the codeword and the power configuration identifier.
例如,当使用两个码字传输功率配置参数时,一种可能用于指示码字与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表12。其中,表12中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表12以Value的取值占用2bit为例。For example, when two codeword transmission power configuration parameters are used, one information that may be used to indicate the correspondence between the codeword and the power configuration identifier may be referred to Table 12. Each value in Table 12 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, and each sub-state may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 12 takes the value of Value as 2 bits as an example.
表12Table 12
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000071
从表12可以看出,当使用2个码字传输功率配置参数时,对应8个状态,每个状态各自对应有功率配置标识。As can be seen from Table 12, when two codewords are used to transmit power configuration parameters, there are eight states, each of which has a power configuration identifier.
又如,当使用两个码字传输功率配置参数时,另一种可能用于指示码字与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表13。其中,表13中每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表13以Value的取值占用3bit为例。For another example, when two codeword transmission power configuration parameters are used, another information that may be used to indicate the correspondence between the codeword and the power configuration identifier may be referred to Table 13. Each value in Table 13 corresponds to a state, and each state may include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 13 takes the value of Value as an example.
表13Table 13
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000072
从表13可以看出,当有2个码字时,对应16个状态,每个状态各自对应有功率配置标识。It can be seen from Table 13 that when there are 2 code words, corresponding to 16 states, each state corresponds to a power configuration identifier.
其中,表12和表13都用于指示码字与功率配置标识之间的对应关系的信息。Among them, Table 12 and Table 13 are both used to indicate the correspondence between the codeword and the power configuration identifier.
可选的,假设第一网络设备为终端设备,第二网络设备为基站。基站可在DCI信息中的天线端口、加扰标识和传输层数的信息域中增加功率配置标识,用于指示具体采用哪个功率配置参数。如下:Optionally, it is assumed that the first network device is a terminal device, and the second network device is a base station. The base station may add a power configuration identifier in the information domain of the antenna port, the scrambling identifier, and the transmission layer in the DCI information, and indicate which power configuration parameter is specifically adopted. as follows:
-Antenna port(s),scrambling identity,number of layers and power control indicator–3/4/5/…bits as specified in Table13where nSCID is the scrambling identity for antenna ports 7 and 8.-Antenna port(s), scrambling identity, number of layers and power control indicator–3/4/5/...bits as specified in Table13where n SCID is the scrambling identity for antenna ports 7 and 8.
下面针对传输层数、天线端口、加扰标识和码字与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息进行举例说明。The following describes the information about the correspondence between the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the scrambling identifier, and the codeword and the power configuration identifier.
例如,一种可能用于指示传输层数、天线端口和加扰标识与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表14。其中,表14中,每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。当使用一个码字传输该信息时,可参考表14左侧部分所示的对应关系,当使用两个码字传输该信息时,可参考表14右侧部分所示的对应关系。以第二网络设备为基站,第一网络设备为终端设备为例,当需要进行终端设备的复用时,可通过加扰标识nSCID来区分。表14以Value的取值占用3bit为例。For example, an information that may be used to indicate the correspondence between the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, and the scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier may be referred to Table 14. Wherein, in Table 14, each Value corresponds to one state, and each state may further include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID . When the information is transmitted using one codeword, reference may be made to the correspondence shown in the left part of Table 14. When the information is transmitted using two codewords, reference may be made to the correspondence shown in the right part of Table 14. Taking the second network device as the base station and the first network device as the terminal device, when the multiplexing of the terminal device is required, the scrambling identifier n SCID can be distinguished. Table 14 takes the value of Value as an example.
表14Table 14
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000074
从表14可以看出,当一个传输层传输数据时,可对终端设备进行复用,并通过不同的加扰标识来区分对应不同的功率配置标识。当两个传输层传输数据,且两个码字对应两个传输层时,也可通过加扰标识来区分不同传输层/天线端口所对应的功率配置标识。As can be seen from Table 14, when a transport layer transmits data, the terminal devices can be multiplexed, and different scrambling identifiers are used to distinguish different power configuration identifiers. When two transport layers transmit data and two codewords correspond to two transport layers, the scrambling identifier can also be used to distinguish the power configuration identifiers corresponding to different transport layers/antenna ports.
又如,另一种可能用于指示传输层数、天线端口和加扰标识与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可参考表15。其中,表15中,每个Value对应一个状态,每个状态又可以包括至少两个子状态,每个子状态可以分别有对应的nPCID。表15以Value的取值占用4bit为例。For another example, another information that may be used to indicate the correspondence between the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, and the scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier may be referred to Table 15. Wherein, in Table 15, each Value corresponds to one state, and each state may further include at least two sub-states, each of which may have a corresponding n PCID . Table 15 takes the value of Value as 4 bits as an example.
表15Table 15
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2017117543-appb-000076
从表15可以看出,当一个传输层传输数据时,可对终端设备进行复用,并通过不同的加扰标识来区分对应不同的功率配置标识。当两个传输层传输数据,且两个码字对应两个传输层时,也可通过加扰标识来区分不同传输层/port所对应的功率配置标识。As can be seen from Table 15, when a transport layer transmits data, the terminal devices can be multiplexed, and different scrambling identifiers are used to distinguish different power configuration identifiers. When two transport layers transmit data and two codewords correspond to two transport layers, the scrambling identifier can also be used to distinguish the power configuration identifiers corresponding to different transport layers/ports.
需要说明的是,上述表1至表15只是为了更为清楚地描述本发明实施例的技术方案而给出的示例,并不是对本发明的限定,其他可能的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息也在本发明实施例的保护范围之内,本发明实施例不做限定。进一步的,上述表1至表15中具体的比 特数以及表格中的数值仅是举例,也可以取其他的数值,在此不做限定。It should be noted that the foregoing Tables 1 to 15 are only examples for more clearly describing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, and are not limited to the present invention. Other possible indicators are used to indicate the number of transmission layers and antenna ports. The information of the correspondence between the at least one of the codeword and the scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier is also within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present invention, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. Further, the specific ratios in Tables 1 to 15 above The values in the special number and the table are only examples, and other values may be used, which are not limited herein.
可以理解的是,设计传输层/天线端口/码字/加扰标识与功率配置参数/功率配置标识的对应关系,当第一网络设备接收到分布式天线传输的数据流时,可以针对不同的数据流(传输层)确定出各自的数据功率,从而提高数据的传输性能。It can be understood that the correspondence between the design transport layer/antenna port/codeword/scrambling identifier and the power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier is designed, and when the first network device receives the data stream transmitted by the distributed antenna, it can be different for different The data stream (transport layer) determines the respective data power, thereby improving the data transmission performance.
可选的,第二网络设备还可以向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;以及发送波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息,第一网络设备从而接收这两个信息。Optionally, the second network device may further send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier; and transmitting beam identification and power configuration. The information of the correspondence between the parameters, the first network device thereby receiving the two information.
可选的,每个功率配置参数还可以包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识。第二网络设备还可以向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;以及发送波束标识与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息,第一网络设备从而接收这两个信息。Optionally, each power configuration parameter may further include a power configuration identifier used to indicate the power configuration parameter. The second network device may further send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier; and a correspondence between the transmission beam identifier and the power configuration identifier The information of the relationship, the first network device thereby receiving the two information.
也即是说,第二网络设备将传输层数、天线端口和/或码字与波束标识绑定,将波束标识与功率配置参数/功率配置标识绑定,当第一网络设备在接收到某一传输层、天线端口和/或码字对应的数据时,可以根据绑定的波束标识查找到对应的功率配置参数/功率配置标识,从而根据该功率配置参数确定接收数据的功率。其中,第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息与用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数/功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可以在同一时间单位发送,也可以在不同时间单位发送,可以在同一条信令中发送,也可以分别在不同的信令中发送,例如通过RRC信令或者MAC信令配置,或者通过物理层信令发送,本发明实施例不做限定。That is, the second network device binds the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, and/or the codeword to the beam identifier, and binds the beam identifier to the power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier. When the first network device receives the certain When the data corresponding to the transmission layer, the antenna port, and/or the codeword is used, the corresponding power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier may be found according to the bundled beam identifier, so that the power of the received data is determined according to the power configuration parameter. The information sent by the second network device to indicate the correspondence between the at least one of the number of the transmission layers, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier is used to indicate the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter/power configuration identifier. The information of the corresponding relationship may be sent in the same time unit, or may be sent in different time units, may be sent in the same signaling, or may be sent in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling configuration. Or, the physical layer signaling is used for sending, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited.
具体的,第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送准共址(Quasi Co Location,QCL)信息,第一网络设备通过QCL信息确定当前传输层/天线端口/码字与那个波束标识(beam ID或者port)具有QCL关系,从而根据RRC信令中配置的波束标识的参考信号的功率信息和功率配置参数(或功率配置标识对应的功率配置参数)确定数据的传输层/天线端口/码字的功率,从而实现对接收数据的解调。其中,参考信号的功率信息和功率配置参数(或功率配置标识对应的功率配置参数)可以是配置的,也可以是预定义的。Specifically, the second network device may send Quasi Co Location (QCL) information to the first network device, where the first network device determines, by using the QCL information, the current transport layer/antenna port/codeword and the beam identifier (beam ID) Or port) having a QCL relationship, thereby determining the transmission layer/antenna port/codeword of the data according to the power information of the reference signal of the beam identifier configured in the RRC signaling and the power configuration parameter (or the power configuration parameter corresponding to the power configuration identifier) Power, thereby enabling demodulation of received data. The power information of the reference signal and the power configuration parameter (or the power configuration parameter corresponding to the power configuration identifier) may be configured or predefined.
相反的,第一网络设备根据功率配置参数也可以确定当前数据端口的QCL信息。Conversely, the first network device can also determine the QCL information of the current data port according to the power configuration parameters.
可以理解的是,在配置功率配置参数时,可以为功率配置参数配置对应的功率配置标识,以唯一表示该功率配置参数。因而,第二网络设备可以将功率配置标识与传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种绑定,和/或与波束标识绑定。那么第一网络设备在接收到某一传输层、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种时,可以确定出对应的功率配置参数,或者确定出与之绑定的波束标识,从而根据波束标识确定功率配置参数。It can be understood that when configuring the power configuration parameter, the power configuration parameter can be configured with a corresponding power configuration identifier to uniquely represent the power configuration parameter. Thus, the second network device can bind the power configuration identification to at least one of the number of transmission layers, the antenna port, the codeword, and the scrambling identity, and/or to the beam identification. When the first network device receives at least one of a certain transport layer, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, the first network device may determine a corresponding power configuration parameter, or determine a beam identifier bound thereto, thereby The power configuration parameters are determined based on the beam identification.
也就是说,第二网络设备针对不同的波束可以采用不同的功率进行数据的传输,因此不同的波束标识可以对应不同的功率配置参数,提高不同波束下的数据传输性能。此外,通过波束标识对应一组功率配置参数,在第二网络设备配置时,可以减少信令开销,在具体使用时指示相关的波束信息即可。That is to say, the second network device can use different powers for data transmission for different beams, so different beam identifiers can correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams. In addition, the beam identification corresponds to a set of power configuration parameters, and when the second network device is configured, the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the relevant beam information can be indicated in specific use.
进一步的,不同的波束标识可以与码字,传输层,天线端口对应,即不同的码字 或者传输层或天线端口可以是通过不同波束发送的,提高对应的码字,传输层,天线端口传输数据的性能。Further, different beam identifiers may correspond to codewords, transport layers, and antenna ports, that is, different codewords. Alternatively, the transport layer or the antenna port may be sent through different beams to improve the performance of the corresponding codeword, transport layer, and antenna port for transmitting data.
通过上述方式确定数据的参考波束标识的参考信号的功率信息,即根据QCL信息确定,可以针对不同的数据流(传输层)确定出各自的数据功率,因此,数据解调的结果较为准确,从而提高数据的传输性能。Determining, by the foregoing manner, the power information of the reference signal of the reference beam identification of the data, that is, determining, according to the QCL information, the respective data powers can be determined for different data streams (transport layers), and thus the data demodulation result is more accurate, thereby Improve data transmission performance.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例提供了一种网络设备。请参阅图5,图5是本发明实施例公开的一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图5所示,该网络设备500可以包括接收模块501和处理模块502,其中:Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device. Referring to FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the network device 500 can include a receiving module 501 and a processing module 502, where:
接收模块501,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数,以及接收第二网络设备发送的参考信号和数据,其中,该参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号和第二天线端口集合的参考信号。The receiving module 501 is configured to receive the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device, and receive the reference signal and data sent by the second network device, where the reference signal includes the first antenna port set. Reference signal and reference signal of the second antenna port set.
处理模块502,用于根据第一功率配置参数和第一天线端口集合的参考信号确定接收数据(第一天线端口集合对应的数据,即来自第一天线端口集合的数据)的第一功率,以及根据第二功率配置参数和第二天线端口集合的参考信号确定接收数据(第二天线端口集合对应的数据,即来自第二天线端口集合的数据)的第二功率。The processing module 502 is configured to determine, according to the first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set, the first power of the received data (the data corresponding to the first antenna port set, that is, the data from the first antenna port set), and And determining, according to the second power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the second antenna port set, the second power of the received data (data corresponding to the second antenna port set, that is, data from the second antenna port set).
可选的,接收模块501,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的第三功率配置参数。Optionally, the receiving module 501 is further configured to receive a third power configuration parameter sent by the second network device.
可选的,第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。Optionally, any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
其中,参考信号包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种;第一参考信号包括波束参考信号、移动参考信号和同步信号中的至少一种。The reference signal includes at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal; the first reference signal includes at least one of a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and a synchronization signal.
功率比值包括以下至少一种:The power ratio includes at least one of the following:
在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与第一参考信号的功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol.
在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与第一参考信号的功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
具体的,接收模块501接收第二网络设备发送的第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数的具体方式可以为:Specifically, the specific manner in which the receiving module 501 receives the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device may be:
通过RRC信令或物理层信令或MAC信令从第二网络设备获取第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数。The first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter are obtained from the second network device by RRC signaling or physical layer signaling or MAC signaling.
可选的,第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口;第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少 一个码字对应;第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个传输层对应。Optionally, any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set is at least One codeword corresponding; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set corresponds to at least one transport layer.
其中,天线端口集合与码字和/或传输层的对应关系可由第二网络设备在DCI信息中指示。或者为预定义的,也可以是RRC信令或者MAC信令或在物理层信令通知,本发明实施例不做限定。The correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in the DCI information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
可以理解的是,通过RRC信令,发送时间间隔可以比较长,可以半静态的配置功率配置参数,适用于变化慢的场景,减小信令开销。DCI信令,可以实现动态的配置,适用于变化快的场景,信令开销需要进一步考虑。因此,也可通过两级的指示,可以预先配置多个信令,具体使用时再进一步指示,是一种前两者折中的一种实现方式,配置的间隔和信令的开销适中。第一级可以采用RRC信令或者MAC信令或者物理层信令,第二级也可以采用RRC信令或者MAC信令或者物理层信令,两级可以采用相同或者不同类型的信令,或者其他信令,本发明实施例不做限定。It can be understood that, by using the RRC signaling, the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead. The DCI signaling can implement dynamic configuration and is applicable to scenarios with fast changes. The signaling overhead needs to be further considered. Therefore, multiple signalings can be configured in advance by using two levels of indications, and further indications are used in the case of specific use, which is an implementation of the first two, and the configured interval and signaling overhead are moderate. The first level may adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the second level may also adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the two levels may use the same or different types of signaling, or The other signaling is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
进一步的,针对不同的码字进行不同的功率配置,可以提高码字的解码性能。一个码字内可以设置相同的功率配置,减小信令开销。针对不同的传输层进行不同的功率配置,可以提高不同层的传输性能。针对天线端口集合配置不同的功率配置,一个天线端口集合包括多个天线端口时,可以减少信令的开销。Further, different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword. The same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead. Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers. Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
可选的,接收模块501,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息;或者,接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息,以及用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息。或者,Optionally, the receiving module 501 is further configured to receive, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; Or receiving, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier, and indicating a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter. Information. or,
第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,接收模块501,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。或者,接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息,以及用于指示波束标识与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, and the receiving module 501 is further configured to receive the second network device. Information sent to indicate a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and a power configuration identifier. Or receiving, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier, and indicating a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration identifier Information.
其中,用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息与用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数或者功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可以在同一时间单位发送,也可以在不同时间单位发送,可以在同一条信令中发送,也可以分别在不同的信令中发送,例如通过RRC信令或者MAC信令配置,或者通过物理层信令发送。The information used to indicate the correspondence between the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter or the power configuration identifier may be The unit sends the packets at the same time. They can also be sent in different time units. They can be sent in the same signaling or in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or through physical layer signaling. send.
第二网络设备无需将每个功率配置参数都携带在信令中,只需设置用于指示每个功率配置参数的功率配置标识,在信令中携带功率配置标识即可。一般来说,功率配置标识可能比相应的功率配置参数的数据量小,这样可以减少信令携带的数据量。The second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier is carried in the signaling. In general, the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
进一步的,第二网络设备针对不同的波束可以采用不同的功率进行数据的传输,因此不同的波束标识可以对应不同的功率配置参数,提高不同波束下的数据传输性能。通过波束标识对应一组功率配置参数,在第二网络设备配置时,可以减少信令开销,在具体使用时指示相关的波束信息即可。此外,不同的波束标识可以与码字,传输层, 天线端口对应,即不同的码字或者传输层或天线端口可以是通过不同波束发送的,提高对应的码字,传输层,天线端口传输数据的性能。Further, the second network device may use different powers for data transmission of different beams, so different beam identifiers may correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams. The beam identification identifies a set of power configuration parameters. When the second network device is configured, the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the relevant beam information can be indicated in specific use. In addition, different beam identifications can be associated with codewords, transport layers, The antenna ports correspond to different codewords or transmission layers or antenna ports that can be transmitted through different beams to improve the performance of the corresponding codeword, transmission layer, and antenna port transmission data.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例提供了另一种网络设备。请参阅图6,图6是本发明实施例公开的另一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图6所示,该网络设备600可以包括收发器601、处理器602以及存储器603,其中:Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention provides another network device. Referring to FIG. 6, FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the network device 600 can include a transceiver 601, a processor 602, and a memory 603, where:
其中,处理器602例如可以包括中央处理器(CPU)或特定应用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),可以包括一个或多个用于控制程序执行的集成电路,可以包括使用现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)开发的硬件电路,可以包括基带芯片。The processor 602 may include, for example, a central processing unit (CPU) or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and may include one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, and may include using a field programmable gate. A hardware circuit developed by a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) may include a baseband chip.
存储器603的数量可以是一个或多个。存储器603可以包括只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)和磁盘存储器,等等。存储器603可以用于存储处理器602执行任务所需的指令,还可以用于存储数据。The number of memories 603 may be one or more. The memory 603 may include a Read Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), and a disk storage, and the like. The memory 603 can be used to store instructions required by the processor 602 to perform tasks, and can also be used to store data.
收发器601可以属于射频系统,用于与外部设备进行网络通信,例如可以通过以太网、无线接入网、无线局域网等网络与外部设备进行通信。The transceiver 601 can belong to a radio frequency system for performing network communication with an external device, for example, can communicate with an external device through a network such as an Ethernet, a radio access network, or a wireless local area network.
收发器601、存储器603和处理器602之间相互连接。The transceiver 601, the memory 603, and the processor 602 are connected to each other.
通过对处理器602进行设计编程,将前述所示的方法所对应的代码固化到芯片内,从而使芯片在运行时能够执行前述实施例中的所示的方法。如何对处理器602进行设计编程为本领域技术人员所公知的技术,这里不再赘述。By programming the processor 602, the code corresponding to the method shown above is solidified into the chip, thereby enabling the chip to perform the method shown in the previous embodiment while it is running. How to design and program the processor 602 is a technique well known to those skilled in the art, and details are not described herein.
该网络设备600可以用于执行上述图2-图4所述的方法,例如可以是第一网络设备。因此,对于该网络设备600中的各单元所实现的功能等,可参考如前方法部分的描述,不多赘述。The network device 600 can be used to perform the method described above with reference to Figures 2 - 4, for example, can be a first network device. Therefore, for the functions and the like implemented by the units in the network device 600, reference may be made to the description of the previous method part, and details are not described herein.
可以理解的是,在实际应用中,图5所描述的网络设备500中接收模块501对应的实体设备可以是图6中的收发器601,处理模块502对应的实体设备可以是图6中的处理器602。It can be understood that, in practical applications, the physical device corresponding to the receiving module 501 in the network device 500 described in FIG. 5 may be the transceiver 601 in FIG. 6, and the physical device corresponding to the processing module 502 may be the processing in FIG. 602.
可见,在图5和图6所描述的网络设备中,网络设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的多个功率配置参数,从而根据接收数据对应的天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数以及参考信号的功率确定接收数据的功率,实现对接收数据的解调,提高解调准确度,提升数据传输性能。It can be seen that, in the network device described in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, the network device can receive multiple power configuration parameters sent by the second network device, so that the power configuration parameter corresponding to the antenna port set corresponding to the received data and the power of the reference signal are obtained. Determine the power of the received data, realize the demodulation of the received data, improve the demodulation accuracy, and improve the data transmission performance.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例提供了又一种网络设备。请一参阅图7,图7是本发明实施例公开的又一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图7所示,该网络设备700可以包括发送模块701,其中:Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention provides another network device. Please refer to FIG. 7. FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the network device 700 can include a sending module 701, where:
发送模块701,用于向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数,以及向第一网络设备发送参考信号和数据,该参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号和第二天线端口集合的参考信号。The sending module 701 is configured to send, to the first network device, a first power configuration parameter and a second power configuration parameter, and send a reference signal and data to the first network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a A reference signal for a set of two antenna ports.
其中,第一功率配置参数和第一天线端口集合的参考信号用于确定接收数据(第一天线端口集合对应的数据,即来自第一天线端口的数据)的第一功率;第二功率配置参数和第二天线端口集合的参考信号用于确定接收数据(第二天线端口集合对应的数据,即来自第二天线端口的数据)的第二功率。 The first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set are used to determine a first power of the received data (data corresponding to the first antenna port set, that is, data from the first antenna port); the second power configuration parameter And the reference signal of the second antenna port set is used to determine a second power of the received data (data corresponding to the second antenna port set, ie, data from the second antenna port).
可选的,发送模块701,还用于向第一网络设备发送第三功率配置参数。Optionally, the sending module 701 is further configured to send a third power configuration parameter to the first network device.
可选的,第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。Optionally, any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
其中,参考信号包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种;第一参考信号包括波束参考信号、移动参考信号和同步信号中的至少一种。The reference signal includes at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal; the first reference signal includes at least one of a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and a synchronization signal.
功率比值包括以下至少一种:The power ratio includes at least one of the following:
在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与第一参考信号的功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports.
在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol.
在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与第一参考信号的功率的比值。The ratio of the data power of the set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to the power of the first reference signal.
具体的,发送模块701向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数的具体方式可以为:Specifically, the specific manner in which the sending module 701 sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter to the first network device may be:
通过RRC信令或MAC信令配置第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数,或者通过物理层信令向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数。The first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter are configured by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter are sent to the first network device by using physical layer signaling.
可选的,第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口;第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个码字对应;第一天线端口集合和第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个传输层对应。Optionally, any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least one code Word correspondence; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set corresponds to at least one transport layer.
其中,天线端口集合与码字和/或传输层的对应关系可由第二网络设备在DCI信息中指示。或者为预定义的,也可以是RRC信令或者MAC信令或在物理层信令通知,本发明实施例不做限定。The correspondence between the antenna port set and the codeword and/or the transport layer may be indicated by the second network device in the DCI information. Or the pre-defined, the RRC signaling or the MAC signaling, or the physical layer signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
可以理解的是,通过RRC信令,发送时间间隔可以比较长,可以半静态的配置功率配置参数,适用于变化慢的场景,减小信令开销。DCI信令,可以实现动态的配置,适用于变化快的场景,信令开销需要进一步考虑。因此,也可通过两级的指示,可以预先配置多个信令,具体使用时再进一步指示,是一种前两者折中的一种实现方式,配置的间隔和信令的开销适中。第一级可以采用RRC信令或者MAC信令或者物理层信令,第二级也可以采用RRC信令或者MAC信令或者物理层信令,两级可以采用相同或者不同类型的信令,或者其他信令,本发明实施例不做限定。It can be understood that, by using the RRC signaling, the sending time interval can be relatively long, and the power configuration parameters can be configured in a semi-static manner, which is applicable to a scenario with slow change and reduced signaling overhead. The DCI signaling can implement dynamic configuration and is applicable to scenarios with fast changes. The signaling overhead needs to be further considered. Therefore, multiple signalings can be configured in advance by using two levels of indications, and further indications are used in the case of specific use, which is an implementation of the first two, and the configured interval and signaling overhead are moderate. The first level may adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the second level may also adopt RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the two levels may use the same or different types of signaling, or The other signaling is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
进一步的,针对不同的码字进行不同的功率配置,可以提高码字的解码性能。一个码字内可以设置相同的功率配置,减小信令开销。针对不同的传输层进行不同的功率配置,可以提高不同层的传输性能。针对天线端口集合配置不同的功率配置,一个天线端口集合包括多个天线端口时,可以减少信令的开销。 Further, different power configurations for different codewords can improve the decoding performance of the codeword. The same power configuration can be set in one codeword to reduce signaling overhead. Different power configurations for different transport layers can improve the transmission performance of different layers. Different power configurations are configured for the antenna port set. When one antenna port set includes multiple antenna ports, the signaling overhead can be reduced.
可选的,发送模块701,还用于向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息;或者,发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息,以及用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息。或者,Optionally, the sending module 701 is further configured to send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; or And transmitting information for indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier, and information for indicating a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter. or,
第一功率配置参数、第二功率配置参数以及第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,发送模块701,还用于向第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。或者,发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息,以及用于指示波束标识与功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, and the sending module 701 is further configured to the first network device And transmitting information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and a power configuration identifier. Or the information about the correspondence between the at least one of the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration identifier.
其中,用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息与用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数或者功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息可以在同一时间单位发送,也可以在不同时间单位发送,可以在同一条信令中发送,也可以分别在不同的信令中发送,例如通过RRC信令或者MAC信令配置,或者通过物理层信令发送。The information used to indicate the correspondence between the number of the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the codeword and the beam identifier, and the information used to indicate the correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter or the power configuration identifier may be The unit sends the packets at the same time. They can also be sent in different time units. They can be sent in the same signaling or in different signaling, for example, through RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or through physical layer signaling. send.
第二网络设备无需将每个功率配置参数都携带在信令中,只需设置用于指示每个功率配置参数的功率配置标识,在信令中携带功率配置标识即可。一般来说,功率配置标识可能比相应的功率配置参数的数据量小,这样可以减少信令携带的数据量。The second network device does not need to carry each power configuration parameter in the signaling, and only needs to set a power configuration identifier for indicating each power configuration parameter, and the power configuration identifier is carried in the signaling. In general, the power configuration identifier may be smaller than the data amount of the corresponding power configuration parameter, which can reduce the amount of data carried by the signaling.
进一步的,第二网络设备针对不同的波束可以采用不同的功率进行数据的传输,因此不同的波束标识可以对应不同的功率配置参数,提高不同波束下的数据传输性能。通过波束标识对应一组功率配置参数,在第二网络设备配置时,可以减少信令开销,在具体使用时指示相关的波束信息即可。此外,不同的波束标识可以与码字,传输层,天线端口对应,即不同的码字或者传输层或天线端口可以是通过不同波束发送的,提高对应的码字,传输层,天线端口传输数据的性能。Further, the second network device may use different powers for data transmission of different beams, so different beam identifiers may correspond to different power configuration parameters, and improve data transmission performance under different beams. The beam identification identifies a set of power configuration parameters. When the second network device is configured, the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the relevant beam information can be indicated in specific use. In addition, different beam identifiers may correspond to codewords, transport layers, and antenna ports, that is, different codewords or transport layers or antenna ports may be sent through different beams to improve corresponding codewords, transport layers, and antenna ports to transmit data. Performance.
可选的,该网络设备701还可以包括处理模块702,可用于处理外边设备发送的数据或信令。Optionally, the network device 701 may further include a processing module 702, configured to process data or signaling sent by the external device.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例提供了又一种网络设备。请参阅图8,图8是本发明实施例公开的另一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图8所示,该网络设备800可以包括收发器801、处理器802以及存储器803,其中:Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention provides another network device. Please refer to FIG. 8. FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the network device 800 can include a transceiver 801, a processor 802, and a memory 803, where:
其中,处理器802例如可以包括CPU或ASIC,可以包括一个或多个用于控制程序执行的集成电路,可以包括使用FPGA开发的硬件电路,可以包括基带芯片。The processor 802 may include, for example, a CPU or an ASIC, and may include one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, may include hardware circuits developed using an FPGA, and may include a baseband chip.
存储器803的数量可以是一个或多个。存储器803可以包括ROM、RAM和磁盘存储器,等等。存储器803可以用于存储处理器802执行任务所需的指令,还可以用于存储数据。The number of memories 803 may be one or more. The memory 803 may include a ROM, a RAM, and a disk storage, and the like. The memory 803 can be used to store instructions required by the processor 802 to perform tasks, and can also be used to store data.
收发器801可以属于射频系统,用于与外部设备进行网络通信,例如可以通过以太网、无线接入网、无线局域网等网络与外部设备进行通信。The transceiver 801 can belong to a radio frequency system for performing network communication with an external device, for example, can communicate with an external device through a network such as an Ethernet, a radio access network, or a wireless local area network.
收发器801、存储器803和处理器802之间相互连接。The transceiver 801, the memory 803, and the processor 802 are connected to each other.
通过对处理器802进行设计编程,将前述所示的方法所对应的代码固化到芯片内,从而使芯片在运行时能够执行前述实施例中的所示的方法。如何对处理器802进行设 计编程为本领域技术人员所公知的技术,这里不再赘述。By programming the processor 802, the code corresponding to the method shown above is solidified into the chip, thereby enabling the chip to perform the method shown in the previous embodiment while it is running. How to set up processor 802 The programming is a technique well known to those skilled in the art and will not be described here.
该网络设备800可以用于执行上述图2-图4所述的方法,例如可以是第二网络设备。因此,对于该网络设备800中的各单元所实现的功能等,可参考如前方法部分的描述,不多赘述。The network device 800 can be used to perform the method described above with respect to Figures 2 - 4, such as a second network device. Therefore, for the functions and the like implemented by the units in the network device 800, reference may be made to the description of the previous method part, and details are not described herein.
可以理解的是,在实际应用中,图7所描述的网络设备700中发送模块701对应的实体设备可以是图8中的收发器801,处理模块702对应的实体设备可以是图8中的处理器802。It can be understood that, in actual application, the physical device corresponding to the sending module 701 in the network device 700 described in FIG. 7 may be the transceiver 801 in FIG. 8, and the physical device corresponding to the processing module 702 may be the processing in FIG. 802.
可见,在图7和图8所描述的网络设备中,网络设备向第一网络设备发送的多个功率配置参数,第一网络设备从而根据接收数据对应的天线端口集合对应的功率配置参数以及参考信号的功率确定接收数据的功率,实现对接收数据的解调,提高解调准确度,提升数据传输性能。It can be seen that, in the network device described in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , the plurality of power configuration parameters sent by the network device to the first network device, and the first network device, according to the power configuration parameter corresponding to the antenna port set corresponding to the received data, and the reference The power of the signal determines the power of the received data, realizes demodulation of the received data, improves the demodulation accuracy, and improves the data transmission performance.
需要说明的是,在上述实施例中,对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详细描述的部分,可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。其次,本领域技术人员也应该知悉,说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例,所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本发明所必须的。It should be noted that, in the above embodiments, the descriptions of the various embodiments are different, and the parts that are not described in detail in a certain embodiment may be referred to the related descriptions of other embodiments. In addition, those skilled in the art should also understand that the embodiments described in the specification are all preferred embodiments, and the actions and modules involved are not necessarily required by the present invention.
例如,所述模块或模块的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个模块或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或模块的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性或其它的形式。For example, the division of the module or module is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner, for example, multiple modules or components may be combined or may be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored. Or not. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or module, and may be electrical or otherwise.
所述作为分离部件说明的模块可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为模块显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理模块,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络模块上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本发明实施例。The modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated. The components displayed as modules may or may not be physical modules, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network modules. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to implement the embodiments of the present invention.
在本发明实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理模块中,或者各个模块也可以均是独立的物理模块。The functional modules in the embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing module, or each module may also be an independent physical module.
所述集成的模块如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备,例如可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等,或处理器(processor)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:通用串行总线闪存盘(Universal Serial Bus flash drive)、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated modules, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as separate products, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, all or part of the technical solution of the present invention may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device, such as a personal computer. , a server, or a network device or the like, or a processor performs all or part of the steps of the method of the various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a universal serial bus flash drive, a removable hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以对本发明的技术方案进行了详细介绍,但以上实施例的说明只是用于帮助理解本发明实施例的方法,不应理解为对本发明实施例的限制。本技术领域的技术人员可轻易想到的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明实施例的保护范围之内。 The above embodiments are only used to describe the technical solutions of the present invention in detail, but the description of the above embodiments is only for the purpose of facilitating the understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, and should not be construed as limiting the embodiments of the present invention. Variations or substitutions that may be readily conceived by those skilled in the art are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种功率配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A power configuration method, comprising:
    第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数;Receiving, by the first network device, the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device;
    所述第一网络设备接收所述第二网络设备发送的参考信号和数据,其中,所述参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号和第二天线端口集合的参考信号;Receiving, by the first network device, a reference signal and data sent by the second network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of a first antenna port set and a reference signal of a second antenna port set;
    所述第一网络设备根据所述第一功率配置参数和所述第一天线端口集合的参考信号确定所述第一天线端口集合对应的数据的第一功率,以及根据所述第二功率配置参数和所述第二天线端口集合的参考信号确定所述第二天线端口集合对应的数据的第二功率。Determining, by the first network device, a first power of data corresponding to the first antenna port set according to the first power configuration parameter and a reference signal of the first antenna port set, and configuring parameters according to the second power And a reference signal of the second antenna port set determines a second power of data corresponding to the second antenna port set.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率配置参数和所述第二功率配置参数中的至少一个功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。The method according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter comprises a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio. At least one of them.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备接收所述第二网络设备发送的第三功率配置参数,所述第三功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。The first network device receives a third power configuration parameter sent by the second network device, where the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考信号包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种;所述第一参考信号包括波束参考信号、移动参考信号和同步信号中的至少一种;The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the reference signal comprises at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal; the first reference signal comprises a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and At least one of the synchronization signals;
    所述功率比值包括以下至少一种:The power ratio includes at least one of the following:
    在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports;
    在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与所述第一参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal having a demodulation reference signal symbol to a power of the first reference signal;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of a set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与所述第一参考信号的功率的比值。A ratio of a data power of a set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the first reference signal.
  5. 根据权利要求1~4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口;所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个码字对应;所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个传输层对应。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; the first And setting any one of the antenna port set and the second antenna port set to at least one codeword; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least one The transport layer corresponds.
  6. 根据权利要求3~5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息;或者,Receiving, by the first network device, information that is used by the second network device to indicate a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; or
    所述第一功率配置参数、所述第二功率配置参数以及所述第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,所述第一网络设 备接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, the first network setting Receiving, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and the power configuration identifier.
  7. 根据权利要求3~5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;Receiving, by the first network device, information that is used by the second network device to indicate a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier;
    所述第一网络设备接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息。The first network device receives information sent by the second network device to indicate a correspondence between a beam identifier and a power configuration parameter.
  8. 根据权利要求3~5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率配置参数、所述第二功率配置参数以及所述第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识;The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter;
    所述方法还包括:The method further includes:
    所述第一网络设备接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;Receiving, by the first network device, information that is used by the second network device to indicate a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier;
    所述第一网络设备接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示波束标识与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。The first network device receives information sent by the second network device to indicate a correspondence between a beam identifier and the power configuration identifier.
  9. 一种功率配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A power configuration method, the method comprising:
    第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数;The second network device sends the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter to the first network device;
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送参考信号和数据,所述参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号和第二天线端口集合的参考信号;Transmitting, by the second network device, a reference signal and data to the first network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of a first antenna port set and a reference signal of a second antenna port set;
    其中,所述第一功率配置参数和所述第一天线端口集合的参考信号用于确定所述第一天线端口集合对应的数据的第一功率;所述第二功率配置参数和所述第二天线端口集合的参考信号用于确定所述第二天线端口集合对应的数据的第二功率。The first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set are used to determine a first power of data corresponding to the first antenna port set; the second power configuration parameter and the second The reference signal of the antenna port set is used to determine a second power of data corresponding to the second antenna port set.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率配置参数和所述第二功率配置参数中的至少一个功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。The method according to claim 9, wherein at least one of the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter comprises a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio. At least one of them.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送第三功率配置参数,所述第三功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。The second network device sends a third power configuration parameter to the first network device, where the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考信号包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种;所述第一参考信号包括波束参考信号、移动参考信号和同步信号中的至少一种;The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the reference signal comprises at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal; the first reference signal comprises a beam reference signal, a motion reference signal, and At least one of the synchronization signals;
    所述功率比值包括以下至少一种:The power ratio includes at least one of the following:
    在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports;
    在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与所述第一参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal having a demodulation reference signal symbol to a power of the first reference signal;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值; a ratio of a data power of a set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与所述第一参考信号的功率的比值。A ratio of a data power of a set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the first reference signal.
  13. 根据权利要求9~12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口;所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个码字对应;所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个传输层对应。The method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; the first And setting any one of the antenna port set and the second antenna port set to at least one codeword; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least one The transport layer corresponds.
  14. 根据权利要求11~13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息;或者,The second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; or
    所述第一功率配置参数、所述第二功率配置参数以及所述第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, the second network device And transmitting, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier.
  15. 根据权利要求11~13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;The second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier;
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息。The second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration parameter.
  16. 根据权利要求11~13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率配置参数、所述第二功率配置参数以及所述第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识;The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter and the third power configuration parameter further comprises a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter;
    所述方法还包括:The method further includes:
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;The second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier;
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示波束标识与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。The second network device sends, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration identifier.
  17. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:A network device, where the network device includes:
    接收模块,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数;a receiving module, configured to receive a first power configuration parameter and a second power configuration parameter sent by the second network device;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的参考信号和数据,其中,所述参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号和第二天线端口集合的参考信号;The receiving module is further configured to receive a reference signal and data sent by the second network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of a first antenna port set and a reference signal of a second antenna port set;
    处理模块,用于根据所述第一功率配置参数和所述第一天线端口集合的参考信号确定所述第一天线端口集合对应的数据的第一功率,以及根据所述第二功率配置参数和所述第二天线端口集合的参考信号确定所述第二天线端口集合对应的数据的第二功率。a processing module, configured to determine, according to the first power configuration parameter and a reference signal of the first antenna port set, a first power of data corresponding to the first antenna port set, and according to the second power configuration parameter and The reference signal of the second antenna port set determines a second power of data corresponding to the second antenna port set.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一功率配置参数和所 述第二功率配置参数中的至少一个功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。The network device according to claim 17, wherein said first power configuration parameter and said At least one of the second power configuration parameters includes at least one of a beam identification, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第三功率配置参数,所述第三功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。The receiving module is further configured to receive a third power configuration parameter that is sent by the second network device, where the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述参考信号包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种;所述第一参考信号包括波束参考信号、移动参考信号和同步信号中的至少一种;The network device according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the reference signal comprises at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal; the first reference signal comprises a beam reference signal, a mobile reference signal And at least one of the synchronization signals;
    所述功率比值包括以下至少一种:The power ratio includes at least one of the following:
    在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports;
    在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与所述第一参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal having a demodulation reference signal symbol to a power of the first reference signal;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of a set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与所述第一参考信号的功率的比值。A ratio of a data power of a set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the first reference signal.
  21. 根据权利要求17~20任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口;所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个码字对应;所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个传输层对应。The network device according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; An antenna port set and any one of the second antenna port sets corresponding to at least one codeword; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least A transport layer corresponds.
  22. 根据权利要求19~21任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息;或者,The receiving module is further configured to receive, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; or ,
    所述第一功率配置参数、所述第二功率配置参数以及所述第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, the receiving module, further And configured to receive, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and the power configuration identifier.
  23. 根据权利要求19~21任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;The receiving module is further configured to receive, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息。The receiving module is further configured to receive information that is sent by the second network device to indicate a correspondence between a beam identifier and a power configuration parameter.
  24. 根据权利要求19~21任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一功率配置参数、所述第二功率配置参数以及所述第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还 包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识;The network device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter is further Included a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;The receiving module is further configured to receive, by the second network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的用于指示波束标识与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。The receiving module is further configured to receive information that is sent by the second network device to indicate a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration identifier.
  25. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:A network device, where the network device includes:
    发送模块,用于向第一网络设备发送第一功率配置参数和第二功率配置参数;a sending module, configured to send, to the first network device, a first power configuration parameter and a second power configuration parameter;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送参考信号和数据,所述参考信号包括第一天线端口集合的参考信号和第二天线端口集合的参考信号;The sending module is further configured to send a reference signal and data to the first network device, where the reference signal includes a reference signal of the first antenna port set and a reference signal of the second antenna port set;
    其中,所述第一功率配置参数和所述第一天线端口集合的参考信号用于确定所述第一天线端口集合对应的数据的第一功率;所述第二功率配置参数和所述第二天线端口集合的参考信号用于确定所述第二天线端口集合对应的数据的第二功率。The first power configuration parameter and the reference signal of the first antenna port set are used to determine a first power of data corresponding to the first antenna port set; the second power configuration parameter and the second The reference signal of the antenna port set is used to determine a second power of data corresponding to the second antenna port set.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一功率配置参数和所述第二功率配置参数中的至少一个功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。The network device according to claim 25, wherein at least one of the first power configuration parameter and the second power configuration parameter comprises a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio. At least one of them.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 25 or 26, wherein
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送第三功率配置参数,所述第三功率配置参数包括波束标识、波束天线端口、参考信号功率以及功率比值中的至少一种。The sending module is further configured to send, to the first network device, a third power configuration parameter, where the third power configuration parameter includes at least one of a beam identifier, a beam antenna port, a reference signal power, and a power ratio.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述参考信号包括解调参考信号和第一参考信号中的至少一种;所述第一参考信号包括波束参考信号、移动参考信号和同步信号中的至少一种;The network device according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the reference signal comprises at least one of a demodulation reference signal and a first reference signal; the first reference signal comprises a beam reference signal, a mobile reference signal And at least one of the synchronization signals;
    所述功率比值包括以下至少一种:The power ratio includes at least one of the following:
    在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports;
    在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与所述第一参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal having a demodulation reference signal symbol to a power of the first reference signal;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与该天线端口集合上的解调参考信号的功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of a set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the demodulation reference signal on the set of antenna ports;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与在有解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率的比值;a ratio of a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a data power of an antenna port set of the demodulation reference signal on the demodulated reference signal symbol;
    在无解调参考信号符号上的解调参考信号的天线端口集合的数据功率与所述第一参考信号的功率的比值。A ratio of a data power of a set of antenna ports of the demodulation reference signal on the undemodulated reference signal symbol to a power of the first reference signal.
  29. 根据权利要求25~28任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合包括至少一个天线端口;所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个码字对应;所述第一天线端口集合和所述第二天线端口集合中的任一天线端口集合与至少一个传输层对应。The network device according to any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set includes at least one antenna port; An antenna port set and any one of the second antenna port sets corresponding to at least one codeword; any one of the first antenna port set and the second antenna port set and at least A transport layer corresponds.
  30. 根据权利要求27~29任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于, A network device according to any one of claims 27 to 29, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息;或者,The sending module is further configured to send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier, and a power configuration parameter; or
    所述第一功率配置参数、所述第二功率配置参数以及所述第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识,所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口、码字以及加扰标识中的至少一种与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。Any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter further includes a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter, the sending module, further And transmitting, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a transmission layer number, an antenna port, a codeword, and a scrambling identifier and the power configuration identifier.
  31. 根据权利要求27~29任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 27 to 29, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;The sending module is further configured to send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示波束标识与功率配置参数之间对应关系的信息。The sending module is further configured to send, to the first network device, information for indicating a correspondence between a beam identifier and a power configuration parameter.
  32. 根据权利要求27~29任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一功率配置参数、所述第二功率配置参数以及所述第三功率配置参数中的任一功率配置参数还包括用于指示该功率配置参数的功率配置标识;The network device according to any one of claims 27 to 29, wherein any one of the first power configuration parameter, the second power configuration parameter, and the third power configuration parameter is further Included a power configuration identifier for indicating the power configuration parameter;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示传输层数、天线端口以及码字中的至少一种与波束标识之间对应关系的信息;The sending module is further configured to send, to the first network device, information indicating a correspondence between at least one of a number of transmission layers, an antenna port, and a codeword, and a beam identifier;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送用于指示波束标识与所述功率配置标识之间对应关系的信息。 The sending module is further configured to send, to the first network device, information used to indicate a correspondence between the beam identifier and the power configuration identifier.
PCT/CN2017/117543 2017-01-06 2017-12-20 Power configuration method and related device WO2018126894A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP17890402.5A EP3565136A4 (en) 2017-01-06 2017-12-20 Power configuration method and related device
BR112019014003-4A BR112019014003A2 (en) 2017-01-06 2017-12-20 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RELATED DEVICES
US16/505,225 US10863444B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2019-07-08 Power configuration method and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710009702 2017-01-06
CN201710009702.X 2017-01-06
CN201710213795 2017-04-01
CN201710213795.8 2017-04-01
CN201710314209.9 2017-05-05
CN201710314209.9A CN108282202B (en) 2017-01-06 2017-05-05 Power configuration method and related equipment

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/505,225 Continuation US10863444B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2019-07-08 Power configuration method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018126894A1 true WO2018126894A1 (en) 2018-07-12

Family

ID=62789516

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/117543 WO2018126894A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2017-12-20 Power configuration method and related device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018126894A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024093524A1 (en) * 2022-11-02 2024-05-10 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, communication apparatus, and system

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102624495A (en) * 2011-01-30 2012-08-01 华为技术有限公司 Processing method of reference signal configuration information in wireless communication system, base station and terminal thereof
CN104247359A (en) * 2012-04-04 2014-12-24 三星电子株式会社 Apparatus and method for supporting high-order multiple-user multiple-input multiple-output operation for wireless communication systems
WO2016069162A1 (en) * 2014-10-27 2016-05-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Reference signal and transmit power ratio design for non-orthogonal transmissions

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102624495A (en) * 2011-01-30 2012-08-01 华为技术有限公司 Processing method of reference signal configuration information in wireless communication system, base station and terminal thereof
CN104247359A (en) * 2012-04-04 2014-12-24 三星电子株式会社 Apparatus and method for supporting high-order multiple-user multiple-input multiple-output operation for wireless communication systems
WO2016069162A1 (en) * 2014-10-27 2016-05-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Reference signal and transmit power ratio design for non-orthogonal transmissions

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3565136A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024093524A1 (en) * 2022-11-02 2024-05-10 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, communication apparatus, and system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10972171B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US10863444B2 (en) Power configuration method and related device
WO2019153347A1 (en) Method and device for receiving and transmitting configuration information, and communication system
KR101797559B1 (en) Implicitly linking aperiodic channel state information (a-csi) reports to csi-reference signal (csi-rs) resources
JP7228693B2 (en) Systems and methods for signaling PDSCH diversity
US10932208B2 (en) Power configuration method and device
WO2019191932A1 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting uplink antenna
KR102059983B1 (en) Elevation pmi reporting on pucch
WO2017174018A1 (en) Method and device for multipoint data transmission
CN107294574B (en) Method and device for multi-transmission point data transmission
US20240039597A1 (en) Csi report enhancement for high-speed train scenarios
KR20100065047A (en) Method for executing comp
WO2018126894A1 (en) Power configuration method and related device
WO2018127158A1 (en) Data transmission method, network equipment, and terminal equipment
WO2022193260A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
US11581993B2 (en) Reception timing configuration method and communications device
TWI857573B (en) Information transmission method, device, network equipment and terminal
WO2023202659A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus and communication device
WO2023202693A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, network device and terminal
WO2023202694A1 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus, terminal, and network device
WO2024065653A1 (en) Methods and systems for enhanced beam management for multiple transmission and reception points
WO2023201626A1 (en) Methods for uplink resource mapping
US20240048216A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20240015537A1 (en) Method for csi and beam report enhancement for multi-trp full duplex
CN116997022A (en) Information transmission method and device, network equipment and terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17890402

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112019014003

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017890402

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190806

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112019014003

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20190705